ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
List of Experiments
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
List of Experiments
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OUTCOMES
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6 2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36 5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39 6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48 9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51 10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60 13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63 14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
69 16 3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch 75 18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 3D Assembly of Machine vice 82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
85 21 3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Gear pump 91 ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
List of Experiments
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer-
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OUTCOMES
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No. 1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6 2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4 2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39 6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8 3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51 10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12 3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63 14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box 69
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16 3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17 3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
75 18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79 19
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Machine vice 82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock 85
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
21 3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22 3D Assembly of Gear pump
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
91 ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK 99
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
TOLERANCES Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Abbrevations Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C Across flats A/F Approved APPD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Approximate APPROX Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX Bearing BRG Centimetre Cm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Centres CRS Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L Chamfered CHMED Checked CHD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cheese head CH HD Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE Continued CONTD Counterbore C BORE
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Countersunk CSK Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA Diametral pitch DP Dimension DIM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Drawing DRG Equi-spaced EQUI-SP External EXT Maunfacture MFG Material MATL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Maximum max. Metre m Mechanical MECH Millimetre mm Minimum min.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Nominal NOM Not to scale NTS Number No. Opposite OPP Outside diameter OD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pitch circle PC Pitch circle diameter PCD Quantity QTY Radius R Radius in a note RAD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Reference REF Required REQD Right hand RH Round RD Screw SCR
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Section : _______________________________________
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
VISION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
MISSION VISION MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
List of Experiments
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer- round-mirror-section-assembly Couplings ? Flange, Universal, Oldham?s, Muff, Gear couplings Joints ? Knuckle, Gib & cotter, strap, sleeve & cotter joints
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Engine parts ? piston, connecting rod, cross-head (vertical and horizontal), stuffing box, multi-plate clutch Miscellaneous machine components ? screw jack, machine vice, tail stock, chuck, vane and gear pump
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Page No. 1 Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6 2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36 5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39 6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48 9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51 10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60 13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63 14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Stuffing box 69 16 3D Assembly of Crosshead 72
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
17 3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch 75 18 3D Assembly of Screw jack
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
79 19 3D Assembly of Machine vice 82 20
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Tail stock 85 21 3D Assembly of Chuck 88
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
22 3D Assembly of Gear pump 91 ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROJECT WORK 99
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND TOLERANCES Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing Abbrevations Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Across flats A/F Approved APPD Approximate APPROX Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bearing BRG Centimetre Cm Centres CRS Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Chamfered CHMED Checked CHD Cheese head CH HD Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Continued CONTD Counterbore C BORE Countersunk CSK Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA
Inside diameter ID Internal INT Left hand LH Machine M/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Square SQ Standard STD Symmetrical SYM Thick THK Thread THD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Through THRU Tolerance TOL Typical TYP Undercut U/C Weight WT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Standard Codes
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
List of Experiments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Valves-safety and non-return valves
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer- round-mirror-section-assembly
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No. 1 Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4 2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36 5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8 3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48 9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12 3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60 13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box 69 16
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17 3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch 75
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79 19 3D Assembly of Machine vice
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock 85 21
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22 3D Assembly of Gear pump 91
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK 99
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND TOLERANCES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing Abbrevations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C Across flats A/F Approved APPD Approximate APPROX
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX Bearing BRG Centimetre Cm Centres CRS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L Chamfered CHMED Checked CHD Cheese head CH HD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE Continued CONTD Counterbore C BORE Countersunk CSK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA Diametral pitch DP Dimension DIM Drawing DRG
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Equi-spaced EQUI-SP External EXT Maunfacture MFG Material MATL Maximum max.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Metre m Mechanical MECH Millimetre mm Minimum min. Nominal NOM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Not to scale NTS Number No. Opposite OPP Outside diameter OD Pitch circle PC
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pitch circle diameter PCD Quantity QTY Radius R Radius in a note RAD Reference REF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Required REQD Right hand RH Round RD Screw SCR Serial number Sl. No.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Specification SPEC Sphere/Spherical SPHERE Spot face SF
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Figure FIG. General GNL Ground level GL Ground GND
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Hexagonal HEX Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT Left hand LH
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Machine M/C
Square SQ Standard STD Symmetrical SYM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thick THK Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL Typical TYP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Undercut U/C Weight WT
Standard Codes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
1.2 Welding symbols
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
List of Experiments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Valves-safety and non-return valves
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer- round-mirror-section-assembly
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No. 1 Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4 2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36 5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8 3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48 9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12 3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60 13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box 69 16
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17 3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch 75
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79 19 3D Assembly of Machine vice
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock 85 21
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22 3D Assembly of Gear pump 91
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK 99
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND TOLERANCES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing Abbrevations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C Across flats A/F Approved APPD Approximate APPROX
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX Bearing BRG Centimetre Cm Centres CRS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L Chamfered CHMED Checked CHD Cheese head CH HD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE Continued CONTD Counterbore C BORE Countersunk CSK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA Diametral pitch DP Dimension DIM Drawing DRG
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Equi-spaced EQUI-SP External EXT Maunfacture MFG Material MATL Maximum max.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Metre m Mechanical MECH Millimetre mm Minimum min. Nominal NOM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Not to scale NTS Number No. Opposite OPP Outside diameter OD Pitch circle PC
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pitch circle diameter PCD Quantity QTY Radius R Radius in a note RAD Reference REF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Required REQD Right hand RH Round RD Screw SCR Serial number Sl. No.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Specification SPEC Sphere/Spherical SPHERE Spot face SF
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Figure FIG. General GNL Ground level GL Ground GND
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Hexagonal HEX Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT Left hand LH
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Machine M/C
Square SQ Standard STD Symmetrical SYM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thick THK Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL Typical TYP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Undercut U/C Weight WT
Standard Codes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
1.2 Welding symbols
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
List of Experiments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Valves-safety and non-return valves
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer- round-mirror-section-assembly
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No. 1 Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4 2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36 5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8 3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48 9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12 3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60 13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box 69 16
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17 3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch 75
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79 19 3D Assembly of Machine vice
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock 85 21
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22 3D Assembly of Gear pump 91
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK 99
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND TOLERANCES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing Abbrevations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C Across flats A/F Approved APPD Approximate APPROX
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX Bearing BRG Centimetre Cm Centres CRS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L Chamfered CHMED Checked CHD Cheese head CH HD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE Continued CONTD Counterbore C BORE Countersunk CSK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA Diametral pitch DP Dimension DIM Drawing DRG
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Equi-spaced EQUI-SP External EXT Maunfacture MFG Material MATL Maximum max.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Metre m Mechanical MECH Millimetre mm Minimum min. Nominal NOM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Not to scale NTS Number No. Opposite OPP Outside diameter OD Pitch circle PC
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pitch circle diameter PCD Quantity QTY Radius R Radius in a note RAD Reference REF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Required REQD Right hand RH Round RD Screw SCR Serial number Sl. No.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Specification SPEC Sphere/Spherical SPHERE Spot face SF
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Figure FIG. General GNL Ground level GL Ground GND
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Hexagonal HEX Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT Left hand LH
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Machine M/C
Square SQ Standard STD Symmetrical SYM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thick THK Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL Typical TYP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Undercut U/C Weight WT
Standard Codes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
1.2 Welding symbols
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
List of Experiments
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer-
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OUTCOMES
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No. 1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6 2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4 2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39 6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8 3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51 10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12 3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63 14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box 69
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16 3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17 3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
75 18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79 19
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Machine vice 82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock 85
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
21 3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22 3D Assembly of Gear pump
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
91 ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK 99
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
TOLERANCES Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Abbrevations Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C Across flats A/F Approved APPD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Approximate APPROX Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX Bearing BRG Centimetre Cm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Centres CRS Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L Chamfered CHMED Checked CHD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cheese head CH HD Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE Continued CONTD Counterbore C BORE
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Countersunk CSK Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA Diametral pitch DP Dimension DIM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Drawing DRG Equi-spaced EQUI-SP External EXT Maunfacture MFG Material MATL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Maximum max. Metre m Mechanical MECH Millimetre mm Minimum min.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Nominal NOM Not to scale NTS Number No. Opposite OPP Outside diameter OD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pitch circle PC Pitch circle diameter PCD Quantity QTY Radius R Radius in a note RAD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Reference REF Required REQD Right hand RH Round RD Screw SCR
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Serial number Sl. No. Specification SPEC Sphere/Spherical SPHERE Spot face SF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Figure FIG. General GNL Ground level GL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Ground GND Hexagonal HEX Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Left hand LH Machine M/C
Square SQ Standard STD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Symmetrical SYM Thick THK Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Typical TYP Undercut U/C Weight WT
Standard Codes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the fig.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.3 Riveted Joints A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints. The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members. A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If, ? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet t = thickness of each of the connecting plates
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
List of Experiments
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OUTCOMES
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6 2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36 5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39 6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48 9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51 10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60 13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63 14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
69 16 3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch 75 18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 3D Assembly of Machine vice 82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
85 21 3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Gear pump 91 ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
99
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND TOLERANCES Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing Abbrevations Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C Across flats A/F
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Approved APPD Approximate APPROX Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX Bearing BRG
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Centimetre Cm Centres CRS Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L Chamfered CHMED
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Checked CHD Cheese head CH HD Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE Continued CONTD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Counterbore C BORE Countersunk CSK Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA Diametral pitch DP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Dimension DIM Drawing DRG Equi-spaced EQUI-SP External EXT Maunfacture MFG
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Material MATL Maximum max. Metre m Mechanical MECH Millimetre mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Minimum min. Nominal NOM Not to scale NTS Number No. Opposite OPP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Outside diameter OD Pitch circle PC Pitch circle diameter PCD Quantity QTY Radius R
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Radius in a note RAD Reference REF Required REQD Right hand RH Round RD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Screw SCR Serial number Sl. No. Specification SPEC Sphere/Spherical SPHERE Spot face SF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Standard STD Symmetrical SYM Thick THK Thread THD Through THRU
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tolerance TOL Typical TYP Undercut U/C Weight WT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Standard Codes
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols 7. Tail
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8. Specifications, process, or other references
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.3 Riveted Joints A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members. A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If, ? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
t = thickness of each of the connecting plates then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Types of rivet heads
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?. Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap.
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Section : _______________________________________
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
VISION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
MISSION VISION MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
List of Experiments
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer- round-mirror-section-assembly Couplings ? Flange, Universal, Oldham?s, Muff, Gear couplings Joints ? Knuckle, Gib & cotter, strap, sleeve & cotter joints
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Engine parts ? piston, connecting rod, cross-head (vertical and horizontal), stuffing box, multi-plate clutch Miscellaneous machine components ? screw jack, machine vice, tail stock, chuck, vane and gear pump
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Page No. 1 Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6 2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36 5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39 6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48 9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51 10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60 13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63 14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Stuffing box 69 16 3D Assembly of Crosshead 72
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
17 3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch 75 18 3D Assembly of Screw jack
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
79 19 3D Assembly of Machine vice 82 20
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Tail stock 85 21 3D Assembly of Chuck 88
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
22 3D Assembly of Gear pump 91 ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROJECT WORK 99
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND TOLERANCES Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing Abbrevations Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Across flats A/F Approved APPD Approximate APPROX Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bearing BRG Centimetre Cm Centres CRS Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Chamfered CHMED Checked CHD Cheese head CH HD Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Continued CONTD Counterbore C BORE Countersunk CSK Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA
Inside diameter ID Internal INT Left hand LH Machine M/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Square SQ Standard STD Symmetrical SYM Thick THK Thread THD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Through THRU Tolerance TOL Typical TYP Undercut U/C Weight WT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Standard Codes
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
The various types of welding process are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a. Gas welding b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
f. High Energy Welding
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
1. Reference line
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.3 Riveted Joints A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints. The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members. A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If, ? = length of the shank of the rivet
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
d = diameter of rivet t = thickness of each of the connecting plates then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Types of rivet heads
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation. If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?. Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
threaded by means of a tool called a tap. The principal uses of threads are, 1. for fastening 2. for adjusting 3. for transmitting power
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top. 2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom. 3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread. 4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial plane.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter. 6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the crests of an external or internal thread. 7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
external thread or of an internal thread. 8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove. 9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution. 11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw. 12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole. 13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
as RH. 14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as LH. FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
List of Experiments
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OUTCOMES
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6 2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36 5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39 6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48 9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51 10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60 13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63 14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
69 16 3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch 75 18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 3D Assembly of Machine vice 82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
85 21 3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Gear pump 91 ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
99
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND TOLERANCES Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing Abbrevations Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C Across flats A/F
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Approved APPD Approximate APPROX Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX Bearing BRG
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Centimetre Cm Centres CRS Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L Chamfered CHMED
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Checked CHD Cheese head CH HD Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE Continued CONTD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Counterbore C BORE Countersunk CSK Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA Diametral pitch DP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Dimension DIM Drawing DRG Equi-spaced EQUI-SP External EXT Maunfacture MFG
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Material MATL Maximum max. Metre m Mechanical MECH Millimetre mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Minimum min. Nominal NOM Not to scale NTS Number No. Opposite OPP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Outside diameter OD Pitch circle PC Pitch circle diameter PCD Quantity QTY Radius R
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Radius in a note RAD Reference REF Required REQD Right hand RH Round RD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Screw SCR Serial number Sl. No. Specification SPEC Sphere/Spherical SPHERE Spot face SF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Standard STD Symmetrical SYM Thick THK Thread THD Through THRU
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tolerance TOL Typical TYP Undercut U/C Weight WT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Standard Codes
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols 7. Tail
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8. Specifications, process, or other references
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.3 Riveted Joints A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members. A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If, ? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
t = thickness of each of the connecting plates then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Types of rivet heads
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?. Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The principal uses of threads are, 1. for fastening 2. for adjusting 3. for transmitting power
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom. 3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread. 4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial plane. 5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter. 6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the crests of an external or internal thread. 7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an external thread or of an internal thread.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove. 9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads. 10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution. 11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw. 12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole. 13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as RH.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as LH.
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
V- THREADS British standard whit worth thread (BSW) This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots. British Association threads (B.A Threads)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are used on screws for precision work. American standard threads (or) sellers thread The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA and Canada.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Unified screw threads The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF). ISO Metric Thread This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60 0 and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25. SQUARE THREADS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Basic square thread The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6. Acme Thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29 0
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
List of Experiments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer- round-mirror-section-assembly Couplings ? Flange, Universal, Oldham?s, Muff, Gear couplings
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT Left hand LH Machine M/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Square SQ Standard STD Symmetrical SYM Thick THK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL Typical TYP Undercut U/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Weight WT
Standard Codes
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.3 Riveted Joints
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints. The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet t = thickness of each of the connecting plates then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of rivet heads
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation. If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap. The principal uses of threads are, 1. for fastening 2. for adjusting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. for transmitting power
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top. 2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom. 3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread. 4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
plane. 5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter. 6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the crests of an external or internal thread.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an external thread or of an internal thread. 8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove. 9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads. 10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution. 11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw. 12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as RH. 14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as LH.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
V- THREADS British standard whit worth thread (BSW) This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots. British Association threads (B.A Threads) The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are used on screws for precision work. American standard threads (or) sellers thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA and Canada. Unified screw threads The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse (UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF). ISO Metric Thread This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0 and the crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25. SQUARE THREADS Basic square thread The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6. Acme Thread It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Buttress Thread The profile of this thread is a combination of square and V- threads. It combines the low frictional of square and ability to transmit power of square thread and the strength of V ? thread. It is used to transmit load in uni-direction. These threads are used in screw press, vices.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Knuckle Thread It is also a modification of square thread. The sharp corners of square thread are rounded off. This thread is used where heavy wear rough use is expected. The thread can be rolled or cast easily. It is used in railway carriage coupling screws, light bulbs and sockets, bottle caps etc and also objects made of brittle materials as glass, plastic, porcelains etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of thread profiles
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Keys Keys are machine elements used to prevent relative rotational movement between a shaft and the parts mounted on it, such as pulleys, gears, wheels, couplings, etc. for making the joint, keyways are cut on the surface of the shaft and in the hub of the part to be mounted. After positioning the part on the shaft such that, both the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
keyways are properly aligned, the key is driven from the end, resulting in a firm joint. For mounting a part at any intermediate location on the shaft, first the key is firmly placed in the keyways of the shaft and then the part to be mounted is slid from one end of the shaft, till it is fully engaged with the key. Keys are classified into three types. 1. Saddle keys
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
List of Experiments
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer-
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OUTCOMES
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No. 1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6 2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4 2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39 6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8 3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51 10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12 3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63 14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box 69
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16 3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17 3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
75 18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79 19
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Machine vice 82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock 85
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
21 3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22 3D Assembly of Gear pump
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
91 ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK 99
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
TOLERANCES Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Abbrevations Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C Across flats A/F Approved APPD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Approximate APPROX Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX Bearing BRG Centimetre Cm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Centres CRS Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L Chamfered CHMED Checked CHD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cheese head CH HD Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE Continued CONTD Counterbore C BORE
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Countersunk CSK Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA Diametral pitch DP Dimension DIM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Drawing DRG Equi-spaced EQUI-SP External EXT Maunfacture MFG Material MATL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Maximum max. Metre m Mechanical MECH Millimetre mm Minimum min.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Nominal NOM Not to scale NTS Number No. Opposite OPP Outside diameter OD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pitch circle PC Pitch circle diameter PCD Quantity QTY Radius R Radius in a note RAD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Reference REF Required REQD Right hand RH Round RD Screw SCR
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Serial number Sl. No. Specification SPEC Sphere/Spherical SPHERE Spot face SF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Figure FIG. General GNL Ground level GL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Ground GND Hexagonal HEX Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Left hand LH Machine M/C
Square SQ Standard STD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Symmetrical SYM Thick THK Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Typical TYP Undercut U/C Weight WT
Standard Codes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the fig.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.3 Riveted Joints A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints. The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members. A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If, ? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet t = thickness of each of the connecting plates
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of rivet heads
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation. If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?. Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap. The principal uses of threads are,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. for fastening 2. for adjusting 3. for transmitting power
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top. 2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread. 4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial plane. 5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the crests of an external or internal thread. 7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an external thread or of an internal thread. 8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove. 9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads. 10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw. 12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole. 13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as RH. 14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
as LH.
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
V- THREADS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
British standard whit worth thread (BSW) This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots. British Association threads (B.A Threads) The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
used on screws for precision work. American standard threads (or) sellers thread The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA and Canada. Unified screw threads
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse (UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ISO Metric Thread This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60 0 and the crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25. SQUARE THREADS Basic square thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6. Acme Thread It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Buttress Thread The profile of this thread is a combination of square and V- threads. It combines the low frictional of square and ability to transmit power of square thread and the strength of V ? thread. It is used to transmit load in uni-direction.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These threads are used in screw press, vices.
Knuckle Thread It is also a modification of square thread. The sharp corners of square thread are rounded off. This thread is used where heavy wear rough use is expected. The thread can be rolled or cast easily. It is used in railway carriage
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
coupling screws, light bulbs and sockets, bottle caps etc and also objects made of brittle materials as glass, plastic, porcelains etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of thread profiles
Keys Keys are machine elements used to prevent relative rotational movement between a shaft and the parts
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mounted on it, such as pulleys, gears, wheels, couplings, etc. for making the joint, keyways are cut on the surface of the shaft and in the hub of the part to be mounted. After positioning the part on the shaft such that, both the keyways are properly aligned, the key is driven from the end, resulting in a firm joint. For mounting a part at any intermediate location on the shaft, first the key is firmly placed in the keyways of the shaft and then the part to be mounted is slid from one end of the shaft, till it is fully engaged with the key.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Keys are classified into three types. 1. Saddle keys I. flat saddle key II. hollow saddle key
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
2. Sunk keys I. taper sunk keys II. parallel sunk keys
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
List of Experiments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer- round-mirror-section-assembly Couplings ? Flange, Universal, Oldham?s, Muff, Gear couplings
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT Left hand LH Machine M/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Square SQ Standard STD Symmetrical SYM Thick THK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL Typical TYP Undercut U/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Weight WT
Standard Codes
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.3 Riveted Joints
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints. The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet t = thickness of each of the connecting plates then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of rivet heads
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation. If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap. The principal uses of threads are, 1. for fastening 2. for adjusting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. for transmitting power
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top. 2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom. 3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread. 4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
plane. 5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter. 6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the crests of an external or internal thread.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an external thread or of an internal thread. 8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove. 9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads. 10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution. 11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw. 12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as RH. 14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as LH.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
V- THREADS British standard whit worth thread (BSW) This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots. British Association threads (B.A Threads) The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are used on screws for precision work. American standard threads (or) sellers thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA and Canada. Unified screw threads The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse (UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF). ISO Metric Thread This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0 and the crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25. SQUARE THREADS Basic square thread The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6. Acme Thread It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Buttress Thread The profile of this thread is a combination of square and V- threads. It combines the low frictional of square and ability to transmit power of square thread and the strength of V ? thread. It is used to transmit load in uni-direction. These threads are used in screw press, vices.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Knuckle Thread It is also a modification of square thread. The sharp corners of square thread are rounded off. This thread is used where heavy wear rough use is expected. The thread can be rolled or cast easily. It is used in railway carriage coupling screws, light bulbs and sockets, bottle caps etc and also objects made of brittle materials as glass, plastic, porcelains etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of thread profiles
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Keys Keys are machine elements used to prevent relative rotational movement between a shaft and the parts mounted on it, such as pulleys, gears, wheels, couplings, etc. for making the joint, keyways are cut on the surface of the shaft and in the hub of the part to be mounted. After positioning the part on the shaft such that, both the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
keyways are properly aligned, the key is driven from the end, resulting in a firm joint. For mounting a part at any intermediate location on the shaft, first the key is firmly placed in the keyways of the shaft and then the part to be mounted is slid from one end of the shaft, till it is fully engaged with the key. Keys are classified into three types. 1. Saddle keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
I. flat saddle key II. hollow saddle key
16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Sunk keys I. taper sunk keys II. parallel sunk keys III. woodruff keys 3. Round keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of keys
17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bolt and nuts A bolt and nut in combination is a fastening device used to hold two parts together. The body of the bolt, called shank is cylindrical in form, the head; square or hexagonal in shape, is formed by forging. Screw threads are cut on the other end of the shank. Nuts in general are square or hexagonal in shape. The nuts with internal threads engage with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the corresponding size of the external threads of the bolt. However, there are other forms of nuts used to suit specific requirements. For nuts, hexagonal shape is preferred to the square one, as it is easy to tighten even in a limited space. This is because, with only one-sixth of a turn, the spanner can be reintroduced in the same position. However, square nuts are used when frequent loosening and tightening is required. The sharp corners on the head of bolts and nuts are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
removed by chamfering. Empirical portions of hexagonal and square head bolt & nut detail proportion Nominal diameter d = size of bolt or nut, mm Width across flats s = 1.5d+3 mm Width across corners e = 2d
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thickness of bolt head k = 0.8d Thickness of nut, n = 0.9d Root diameter, d1 = d - (2 ? depth of thread) Length of the bolt L = as specified Thread length b = 2d+6mm (for l<150mm)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
= 2d+12mm (for l>150mm) Chamfer of bolt end, Z = (depth of thread ? 45 0 ) or =0.1d Chamfer angle of bolt head & nut 30
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
List of Experiments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer- round-mirror-section-assembly Couplings ? Flange, Universal, Oldham?s, Muff, Gear couplings
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT Left hand LH Machine M/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Square SQ Standard STD Symmetrical SYM Thick THK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL Typical TYP Undercut U/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Weight WT
Standard Codes
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.3 Riveted Joints
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints. The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet t = thickness of each of the connecting plates then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of rivet heads
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation. If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap. The principal uses of threads are, 1. for fastening 2. for adjusting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. for transmitting power
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top. 2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom. 3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread. 4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
plane. 5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter. 6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the crests of an external or internal thread.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an external thread or of an internal thread. 8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove. 9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads. 10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution. 11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw. 12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as RH. 14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as LH.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
V- THREADS British standard whit worth thread (BSW) This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots. British Association threads (B.A Threads) The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are used on screws for precision work. American standard threads (or) sellers thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA and Canada. Unified screw threads The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse (UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF). ISO Metric Thread This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0 and the crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25. SQUARE THREADS Basic square thread The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6. Acme Thread It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Buttress Thread The profile of this thread is a combination of square and V- threads. It combines the low frictional of square and ability to transmit power of square thread and the strength of V ? thread. It is used to transmit load in uni-direction. These threads are used in screw press, vices.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Knuckle Thread It is also a modification of square thread. The sharp corners of square thread are rounded off. This thread is used where heavy wear rough use is expected. The thread can be rolled or cast easily. It is used in railway carriage coupling screws, light bulbs and sockets, bottle caps etc and also objects made of brittle materials as glass, plastic, porcelains etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of thread profiles
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Keys Keys are machine elements used to prevent relative rotational movement between a shaft and the parts mounted on it, such as pulleys, gears, wheels, couplings, etc. for making the joint, keyways are cut on the surface of the shaft and in the hub of the part to be mounted. After positioning the part on the shaft such that, both the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
keyways are properly aligned, the key is driven from the end, resulting in a firm joint. For mounting a part at any intermediate location on the shaft, first the key is firmly placed in the keyways of the shaft and then the part to be mounted is slid from one end of the shaft, till it is fully engaged with the key. Keys are classified into three types. 1. Saddle keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
I. flat saddle key II. hollow saddle key
16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Sunk keys I. taper sunk keys II. parallel sunk keys III. woodruff keys 3. Round keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of keys
17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bolt and nuts A bolt and nut in combination is a fastening device used to hold two parts together. The body of the bolt, called shank is cylindrical in form, the head; square or hexagonal in shape, is formed by forging. Screw threads are cut on the other end of the shank. Nuts in general are square or hexagonal in shape. The nuts with internal threads engage with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the corresponding size of the external threads of the bolt. However, there are other forms of nuts used to suit specific requirements. For nuts, hexagonal shape is preferred to the square one, as it is easy to tighten even in a limited space. This is because, with only one-sixth of a turn, the spanner can be reintroduced in the same position. However, square nuts are used when frequent loosening and tightening is required. The sharp corners on the head of bolts and nuts are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
removed by chamfering. Empirical portions of hexagonal and square head bolt & nut detail proportion Nominal diameter d = size of bolt or nut, mm Width across flats s = 1.5d+3 mm Width across corners e = 2d
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thickness of bolt head k = 0.8d Thickness of nut, n = 0.9d Root diameter, d1 = d - (2 ? depth of thread) Length of the bolt L = as specified Thread length b = 2d+6mm (for l<150mm)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
= 2d+12mm (for l>150mm) Chamfer of bolt end, Z = (depth of thread ? 45 0 ) or =0.1d Chamfer angle of bolt head & nut 30
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.5 Limits, fits and tolerances Limit System
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Following are some of the terms used in the limit system: Tolerance: The permissible variation of a size is called tolerance. It is the difference between the maximum and minimum permissible limits of the given size. If the variation is provided on one side of the basic size, it is termed as unilateral tolerance. Similarly, if the variation is provided on both sides of the basic size, it is known as bilateral tolerance.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Limits: The two extreme permissible sizes between which the actual size is contained are called limits. The maximum size is called the upper limit and the minimum size is called the lower limit. Deviation: It is the algebraic difference between a size (actual, maximum, etc.) and the corresponding basic size. Actual deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the actual size and the corresponding basic size. Upper deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the maximum limit of the size and the corresponding basic
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
size. Lower deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the minimum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size. Allowance: It is the dimensional difference between the maximum material limits of the mating parts, intentionally provided to obtain the desired class of fit. If the allowance is positive, it will result in minimum clearance between the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mating parts and if the allowance is negative, it will result in maximum interference. Basic Size: It is determined solely from design calculations. If the strength and stiffness requirements need a 50mm diameter shaft, then 50mm is the basic shaft size. If it has to fit into a hole, then 50 mm is the basic size of the hole. Here, the two limit dimensions of the shaft are deviating in the negative direction with respect to the basic size and those of the hole in the positive direction. The line corresponding to the basic size is called the zero line or line of
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
List of Experiments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer- round-mirror-section-assembly Couplings ? Flange, Universal, Oldham?s, Muff, Gear couplings
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT Left hand LH Machine M/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Square SQ Standard STD Symmetrical SYM Thick THK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL Typical TYP Undercut U/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Weight WT
Standard Codes
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.3 Riveted Joints
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints. The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet t = thickness of each of the connecting plates then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of rivet heads
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation. If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap. The principal uses of threads are, 1. for fastening 2. for adjusting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. for transmitting power
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top. 2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom. 3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread. 4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
plane. 5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter. 6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the crests of an external or internal thread.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an external thread or of an internal thread. 8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove. 9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads. 10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution. 11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw. 12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as RH. 14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as LH.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
V- THREADS British standard whit worth thread (BSW) This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots. British Association threads (B.A Threads) The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are used on screws for precision work. American standard threads (or) sellers thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA and Canada. Unified screw threads The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse (UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF). ISO Metric Thread This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0 and the crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25. SQUARE THREADS Basic square thread The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6. Acme Thread It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Buttress Thread The profile of this thread is a combination of square and V- threads. It combines the low frictional of square and ability to transmit power of square thread and the strength of V ? thread. It is used to transmit load in uni-direction. These threads are used in screw press, vices.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Knuckle Thread It is also a modification of square thread. The sharp corners of square thread are rounded off. This thread is used where heavy wear rough use is expected. The thread can be rolled or cast easily. It is used in railway carriage coupling screws, light bulbs and sockets, bottle caps etc and also objects made of brittle materials as glass, plastic, porcelains etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of thread profiles
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Keys Keys are machine elements used to prevent relative rotational movement between a shaft and the parts mounted on it, such as pulleys, gears, wheels, couplings, etc. for making the joint, keyways are cut on the surface of the shaft and in the hub of the part to be mounted. After positioning the part on the shaft such that, both the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
keyways are properly aligned, the key is driven from the end, resulting in a firm joint. For mounting a part at any intermediate location on the shaft, first the key is firmly placed in the keyways of the shaft and then the part to be mounted is slid from one end of the shaft, till it is fully engaged with the key. Keys are classified into three types. 1. Saddle keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
I. flat saddle key II. hollow saddle key
16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Sunk keys I. taper sunk keys II. parallel sunk keys III. woodruff keys 3. Round keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of keys
17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bolt and nuts A bolt and nut in combination is a fastening device used to hold two parts together. The body of the bolt, called shank is cylindrical in form, the head; square or hexagonal in shape, is formed by forging. Screw threads are cut on the other end of the shank. Nuts in general are square or hexagonal in shape. The nuts with internal threads engage with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the corresponding size of the external threads of the bolt. However, there are other forms of nuts used to suit specific requirements. For nuts, hexagonal shape is preferred to the square one, as it is easy to tighten even in a limited space. This is because, with only one-sixth of a turn, the spanner can be reintroduced in the same position. However, square nuts are used when frequent loosening and tightening is required. The sharp corners on the head of bolts and nuts are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
removed by chamfering. Empirical portions of hexagonal and square head bolt & nut detail proportion Nominal diameter d = size of bolt or nut, mm Width across flats s = 1.5d+3 mm Width across corners e = 2d
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thickness of bolt head k = 0.8d Thickness of nut, n = 0.9d Root diameter, d1 = d - (2 ? depth of thread) Length of the bolt L = as specified Thread length b = 2d+6mm (for l<150mm)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
= 2d+12mm (for l>150mm) Chamfer of bolt end, Z = (depth of thread ? 45 0 ) or =0.1d Chamfer angle of bolt head & nut 30
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.5 Limits, fits and tolerances Limit System
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Following are some of the terms used in the limit system: Tolerance: The permissible variation of a size is called tolerance. It is the difference between the maximum and minimum permissible limits of the given size. If the variation is provided on one side of the basic size, it is termed as unilateral tolerance. Similarly, if the variation is provided on both sides of the basic size, it is known as bilateral tolerance.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Limits: The two extreme permissible sizes between which the actual size is contained are called limits. The maximum size is called the upper limit and the minimum size is called the lower limit. Deviation: It is the algebraic difference between a size (actual, maximum, etc.) and the corresponding basic size. Actual deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the actual size and the corresponding basic size. Upper deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the maximum limit of the size and the corresponding basic
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
size. Lower deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the minimum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size. Allowance: It is the dimensional difference between the maximum material limits of the mating parts, intentionally provided to obtain the desired class of fit. If the allowance is positive, it will result in minimum clearance between the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mating parts and if the allowance is negative, it will result in maximum interference. Basic Size: It is determined solely from design calculations. If the strength and stiffness requirements need a 50mm diameter shaft, then 50mm is the basic shaft size. If it has to fit into a hole, then 50 mm is the basic size of the hole. Here, the two limit dimensions of the shaft are deviating in the negative direction with respect to the basic size and those of the hole in the positive direction. The line corresponding to the basic size is called the zero line or line of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
zero deviation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Fits The relation between two mating parts is known as a fit. Depending upon the actual limits of the hole or shaft sizes,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
fits may be classified as clearance fit, transition fit and interference fit.
Clearance Fit: It is a fit that gives a clearance between the two mating parts. minimum clearance: It is the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in a clearance fit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maximum clearance: It is the difference between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in a clearance or transition fit. The fit between the shaft and hole in Fig. is a clearance fit that permits a minimum clearance (allowance) value of 29.95 ? 29.90 = + 0.05 mm and a maximum clearance of + 0.15 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Transition Fit: This fit may result in either interference or a clearance, depending upon the actual values of the tolerance of individual parts. The shaft in Fig. may be either smaller or larger than the hole and still be within the prescribed tolerances. It results in a clearance fit, when shaft diameter is 29.95 and hole diameter is 30.05 (+ 0.10
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mm) and interference fit, when shaft diameter is 30.00 and hole diameter 29.95 (? 0.05 mm).
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
List of Experiments
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OUTCOMES
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6 2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36 5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39 6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48 9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51 10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60 13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63 14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
69 16 3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch 75 18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 3D Assembly of Machine vice 82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
85 21 3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Gear pump 91 ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
99
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND TOLERANCES Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing Abbrevations Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C Across flats A/F
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Approved APPD Approximate APPROX Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX Bearing BRG
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Centimetre Cm Centres CRS Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L Chamfered CHMED
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Checked CHD Cheese head CH HD Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE Continued CONTD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Counterbore C BORE Countersunk CSK Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA Diametral pitch DP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Dimension DIM Drawing DRG Equi-spaced EQUI-SP External EXT Maunfacture MFG
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Material MATL Maximum max. Metre m Mechanical MECH Millimetre mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Minimum min. Nominal NOM Not to scale NTS Number No. Opposite OPP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Outside diameter OD Pitch circle PC Pitch circle diameter PCD Quantity QTY Radius R
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Radius in a note RAD Reference REF Required REQD Right hand RH Round RD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Screw SCR Serial number Sl. No. Specification SPEC Sphere/Spherical SPHERE Spot face SF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Standard STD Symmetrical SYM Thick THK Thread THD Through THRU
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tolerance TOL Typical TYP Undercut U/C Weight WT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Standard Codes
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols 7. Tail
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8. Specifications, process, or other references
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.3 Riveted Joints A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members. A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If, ? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
t = thickness of each of the connecting plates then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Types of rivet heads
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?. Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The principal uses of threads are, 1. for fastening 2. for adjusting 3. for transmitting power
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom. 3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread. 4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial plane. 5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter. 6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the crests of an external or internal thread. 7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an external thread or of an internal thread.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove. 9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads. 10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution. 11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw. 12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole. 13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as RH.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as LH.
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
V- THREADS British standard whit worth thread (BSW) This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots. British Association threads (B.A Threads)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are used on screws for precision work. American standard threads (or) sellers thread The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA and Canada.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Unified screw threads The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF). ISO Metric Thread This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60 0 and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25. SQUARE THREADS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Basic square thread The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6. Acme Thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29 0
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Buttress Thread The profile of this thread is a combination of square and V- threads. It combines the low frictional of square and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ability to transmit power of square thread and the strength of V ? thread. It is used to transmit load in uni-direction. These threads are used in screw press, vices.
Knuckle Thread It is also a modification of square thread. The sharp corners of square thread are rounded off. This thread is used
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
where heavy wear rough use is expected. The thread can be rolled or cast easily. It is used in railway carriage coupling screws, light bulbs and sockets, bottle caps etc and also objects made of brittle materials as glass, plastic, porcelains etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of thread profiles
Keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Keys are machine elements used to prevent relative rotational movement between a shaft and the parts mounted on it, such as pulleys, gears, wheels, couplings, etc. for making the joint, keyways are cut on the surface of the shaft and in the hub of the part to be mounted. After positioning the part on the shaft such that, both the keyways are properly aligned, the key is driven from the end, resulting in a firm joint. For mounting a part at any intermediate location on the shaft, first the key is firmly placed in the keyways of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
shaft and then the part to be mounted is slid from one end of the shaft, till it is fully engaged with the key. Keys are classified into three types. 1. Saddle keys I. flat saddle key II. hollow saddle key
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
2. Sunk keys I. taper sunk keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
II. parallel sunk keys III. woodruff keys 3. Round keys
Types of keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Bolt and nuts
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A bolt and nut in combination is a fastening device used to hold two parts together. The body of the bolt, called shank is cylindrical in form, the head; square or hexagonal in shape, is formed by forging. Screw threads are cut on the other end of the shank. Nuts in general are square or hexagonal in shape. The nuts with internal threads engage with the corresponding size of the external threads of the bolt. However, there are other forms of nuts used to suit specific requirements.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
For nuts, hexagonal shape is preferred to the square one, as it is easy to tighten even in a limited space. This is because, with only one-sixth of a turn, the spanner can be reintroduced in the same position. However, square nuts are used when frequent loosening and tightening is required. The sharp corners on the head of bolts and nuts are removed by chamfering. Empirical portions of hexagonal and square head bolt & nut detail proportion
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Nominal diameter d = size of bolt or nut, mm Width across flats s = 1.5d+3 mm Width across corners e = 2d Thickness of bolt head k = 0.8d Thickness of nut, n = 0.9d
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Root diameter, d1 = d - (2 ? depth of thread) Length of the bolt L = as specified Thread length b = 2d+6mm (for l<150mm) = 2d+12mm (for l>150mm) Chamfer of bolt end, Z = (depth of thread ? 45
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0 ) or =0.1d Chamfer angle of bolt head & nut 30 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.5 Limits, fits and tolerances Limit System Following are some of the terms used in the limit system: Tolerance: The permissible variation of a size is called tolerance. It is the difference between the maximum and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
minimum permissible limits of the given size. If the variation is provided on one side of the basic size, it is termed as unilateral tolerance. Similarly, if the variation is provided on both sides of the basic size, it is known as bilateral tolerance. Limits: The two extreme permissible sizes between which the actual size is contained are called limits. The maximum size is called the upper limit and the minimum size is called the lower limit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Deviation: It is the algebraic difference between a size (actual, maximum, etc.) and the corresponding basic size. Actual deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the actual size and the corresponding basic size. Upper deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the maximum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size. Lower deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the minimum limit of the size and the corresponding basic
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
size. Allowance: It is the dimensional difference between the maximum material limits of the mating parts, intentionally provided to obtain the desired class of fit. If the allowance is positive, it will result in minimum clearance between the mating parts and if the allowance is negative, it will result in maximum interference. Basic Size: It is determined solely from design calculations. If the strength and stiffness requirements need a 50mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
diameter shaft, then 50mm is the basic shaft size. If it has to fit into a hole, then 50 mm is the basic size of the hole. Here, the two limit dimensions of the shaft are deviating in the negative direction with respect to the basic size and those of the hole in the positive direction. The line corresponding to the basic size is called the zero line or line of zero deviation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Fits The relation between two mating parts is known as a fit. Depending upon the actual limits of the hole or shaft sizes, fits may be classified as clearance fit, transition fit and interference fit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Clearance Fit: It is a fit that gives a clearance between the two mating parts. minimum clearance: It is the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in a clearance fit. maximum clearance: It is the difference between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in a clearance or transition fit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The fit between the shaft and hole in Fig. is a clearance fit that permits a minimum clearance (allowance) value of 29.95 ? 29.90 = + 0.05 mm and a maximum clearance of + 0.15 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Transition Fit: This fit may result in either interference or a clearance, depending upon the actual values of the tolerance of individual parts. The shaft in Fig. may be either smaller or larger than the hole and still be within the prescribed tolerances. It results in a clearance fit, when shaft diameter is 29.95 and hole diameter is 30.05 (+ 0.10 mm) and interference fit, when shaft diameter is 30.00 and hole diameter 29.95 (? 0.05 mm).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Interference fit: If the difference between the hole and shaft sizes is negative before assembly; an interference fit is obtained. minimum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference (negative) between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in an interference fit before assembly.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maximum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in an interference or a transition fit before assembly. The shaft in fig. is larger than the hole, so it requires a press fit, which has an effect similar to welding of two parts. The value of minimum interference is 30.25 ? 30.30 = ? 0.05 mm and maximum interference is 30.15 ? 30.40 = ? 0.25 mm.
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Section : _______________________________________
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
VISION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
MISSION VISION MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
List of Experiments
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer- round-mirror-section-assembly Couplings ? Flange, Universal, Oldham?s, Muff, Gear couplings Joints ? Knuckle, Gib & cotter, strap, sleeve & cotter joints
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Engine parts ? piston, connecting rod, cross-head (vertical and horizontal), stuffing box, multi-plate clutch Miscellaneous machine components ? screw jack, machine vice, tail stock, chuck, vane and gear pump
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Page No. 1 Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6 2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36 5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39 6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48 9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51 10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60 13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63 14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Stuffing box 69 16 3D Assembly of Crosshead 72
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
17 3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch 75 18 3D Assembly of Screw jack
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
79 19 3D Assembly of Machine vice 82 20
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Tail stock 85 21 3D Assembly of Chuck 88
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
22 3D Assembly of Gear pump 91 ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROJECT WORK 99
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND TOLERANCES Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing Abbrevations Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Across flats A/F Approved APPD Approximate APPROX Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bearing BRG Centimetre Cm Centres CRS Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Chamfered CHMED Checked CHD Cheese head CH HD Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Continued CONTD Counterbore C BORE Countersunk CSK Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA
Inside diameter ID Internal INT Left hand LH Machine M/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Square SQ Standard STD Symmetrical SYM Thick THK Thread THD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Through THRU Tolerance TOL Typical TYP Undercut U/C Weight WT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Standard Codes
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
The various types of welding process are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a. Gas welding b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
f. High Energy Welding
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
1. Reference line
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.3 Riveted Joints A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints. The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members. A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If, ? = length of the shank of the rivet
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
d = diameter of rivet t = thickness of each of the connecting plates then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Types of rivet heads
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation. If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?. Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
threaded by means of a tool called a tap. The principal uses of threads are, 1. for fastening 2. for adjusting 3. for transmitting power
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top. 2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom. 3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread. 4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial plane.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter. 6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the crests of an external or internal thread. 7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
external thread or of an internal thread. 8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove. 9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution. 11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw. 12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole. 13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
as RH. 14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as LH.
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
V- THREADS British standard whit worth thread (BSW) This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
British Association threads (B.A Threads) The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are used on screws for precision work. American standard threads (or) sellers thread The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and Canada. Unified screw threads The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse (UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF). ISO Metric Thread This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and the crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SQUARE THREADS Basic square thread The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Acme Thread It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29 0
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Buttress Thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The profile of this thread is a combination of square and V- threads. It combines the low frictional of square and ability to transmit power of square thread and the strength of V ? thread. It is used to transmit load in uni-direction. These threads are used in screw press, vices.
Knuckle Thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It is also a modification of square thread. The sharp corners of square thread are rounded off. This thread is used where heavy wear rough use is expected. The thread can be rolled or cast easily. It is used in railway carriage coupling screws, light bulbs and sockets, bottle caps etc and also objects made of brittle materials as glass, plastic, porcelains etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of thread profiles
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Keys Keys are machine elements used to prevent relative rotational movement between a shaft and the parts mounted on it, such as pulleys, gears, wheels, couplings, etc. for making the joint, keyways are cut on the surface of the shaft and in the hub of the part to be mounted. After positioning the part on the shaft such that, both the keyways are properly aligned, the key is driven from the end, resulting in a firm joint.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
For mounting a part at any intermediate location on the shaft, first the key is firmly placed in the keyways of the shaft and then the part to be mounted is slid from one end of the shaft, till it is fully engaged with the key. Keys are classified into three types. 1. Saddle keys I. flat saddle key
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
II. hollow saddle key
16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
2. Sunk keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
I. taper sunk keys II. parallel sunk keys III. woodruff keys 3. Round keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of keys
17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bolt and nuts A bolt and nut in combination is a fastening device used to hold two parts together. The body of the bolt, called shank is cylindrical in form, the head; square or hexagonal in shape, is formed by forging. Screw threads are cut on the other end of the shank. Nuts in general are square or hexagonal in shape. The nuts with internal threads engage with the corresponding size of the external threads of the bolt. However, there are other forms of nuts used to suit specific
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
requirements. For nuts, hexagonal shape is preferred to the square one, as it is easy to tighten even in a limited space. This is because, with only one-sixth of a turn, the spanner can be reintroduced in the same position. However, square nuts are used when frequent loosening and tightening is required. The sharp corners on the head of bolts and nuts are removed by chamfering.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Empirical portions of hexagonal and square head bolt & nut detail proportion Nominal diameter d = size of bolt or nut, mm Width across flats s = 1.5d+3 mm Width across corners e = 2d Thickness of bolt head k = 0.8d
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thickness of nut, n = 0.9d Root diameter, d1 = d - (2 ? depth of thread) Length of the bolt L = as specified Thread length b = 2d+6mm (for l<150mm) = 2d+12mm (for l>150mm)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Chamfer of bolt end, Z = (depth of thread ? 45 0 ) or =0.1d Chamfer angle of bolt head & nut 30 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.5 Limits, fits and tolerances Limit System Following are some of the terms used in the limit system:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tolerance: The permissible variation of a size is called tolerance. It is the difference between the maximum and minimum permissible limits of the given size. If the variation is provided on one side of the basic size, it is termed as unilateral tolerance. Similarly, if the variation is provided on both sides of the basic size, it is known as bilateral tolerance. Limits: The two extreme permissible sizes between which the actual size is contained are called limits. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maximum size is called the upper limit and the minimum size is called the lower limit. Deviation: It is the algebraic difference between a size (actual, maximum, etc.) and the corresponding basic size. Actual deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the actual size and the corresponding basic size. Upper deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the maximum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Lower deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the minimum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size. Allowance: It is the dimensional difference between the maximum material limits of the mating parts, intentionally provided to obtain the desired class of fit. If the allowance is positive, it will result in minimum clearance between the mating parts and if the allowance is negative, it will result in maximum interference.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Basic Size: It is determined solely from design calculations. If the strength and stiffness requirements need a 50mm diameter shaft, then 50mm is the basic shaft size. If it has to fit into a hole, then 50 mm is the basic size of the hole. Here, the two limit dimensions of the shaft are deviating in the negative direction with respect to the basic size and those of the hole in the positive direction. The line corresponding to the basic size is called the zero line or line of zero deviation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Fits The relation between two mating parts is known as a fit. Depending upon the actual limits of the hole or shaft sizes, fits may be classified as clearance fit, transition fit and interference fit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Clearance Fit: It is a fit that gives a clearance between the two mating parts. minimum clearance: It is the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in a clearance fit. maximum clearance: It is the difference between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a clearance or transition fit. The fit between the shaft and hole in Fig. is a clearance fit that permits a minimum clearance (allowance) value of 29.95 ? 29.90 = + 0.05 mm and a maximum clearance of + 0.15 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Transition Fit: This fit may result in either interference or a clearance, depending upon the actual values of the tolerance of individual parts. The shaft in Fig. may be either smaller or larger than the hole and still be within the prescribed tolerances. It results in a clearance fit, when shaft diameter is 29.95 and hole diameter is 30.05 (+ 0.10 mm) and interference fit, when shaft diameter is 30.00 and hole diameter 29.95 (? 0.05 mm).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Interference fit: If the difference between the hole and shaft sizes is negative before assembly; an interference fit is obtained. minimum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference (negative) between the maximum size of the hole and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the minimum size of the shaft in an interference fit before assembly. maximum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in an interference or a transition fit before assembly. The shaft in fig. is larger than the hole, so it requires a press fit, which has an effect similar to welding of two parts. The value of minimum interference is 30.25 ? 30.30 = ? 0.05 mm and maximum interference is 30.15 ? 30.40 = ? 0.25
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Schematic representation of fits:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tolerance It is impossible to make anything to an exact size, therefore it is essential to allow a definite tolerance or permissible variation on every specified dimension. Tolerances are specified because
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? Variations in properties of the material being machined introduce errors. ? The production machines themselves may have some inherent inaccuracies. ? It is impossible for an operator to make perfect settings. While setting up the tools and workpiece on the machine, some errors are likely to creep in.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Form variation: It is a variation of the actual condition of a form feature (surface, line) from geometrically ideal form. Position variation: It is a variation of the actual position of the form feature from the geometrically ideal position, with reference to another form (datum) feature. Geometrical tolerance: Geometrical tolerance is defined as the maximum permissible overall variation of form or position of a feature.
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
List of Experiments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer- round-mirror-section-assembly Couplings ? Flange, Universal, Oldham?s, Muff, Gear couplings
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT Left hand LH Machine M/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Square SQ Standard STD Symmetrical SYM Thick THK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL Typical TYP Undercut U/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Weight WT
Standard Codes
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.3 Riveted Joints
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints. The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet t = thickness of each of the connecting plates then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of rivet heads
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation. If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap. The principal uses of threads are, 1. for fastening 2. for adjusting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. for transmitting power
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top. 2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom. 3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread. 4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
plane. 5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter. 6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the crests of an external or internal thread.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an external thread or of an internal thread. 8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove. 9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads. 10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution. 11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw. 12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as RH. 14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as LH.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
V- THREADS British standard whit worth thread (BSW) This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots. British Association threads (B.A Threads) The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are used on screws for precision work. American standard threads (or) sellers thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA and Canada. Unified screw threads The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse (UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF). ISO Metric Thread This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0 and the crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25. SQUARE THREADS Basic square thread The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6. Acme Thread It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Buttress Thread The profile of this thread is a combination of square and V- threads. It combines the low frictional of square and ability to transmit power of square thread and the strength of V ? thread. It is used to transmit load in uni-direction. These threads are used in screw press, vices.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Knuckle Thread It is also a modification of square thread. The sharp corners of square thread are rounded off. This thread is used where heavy wear rough use is expected. The thread can be rolled or cast easily. It is used in railway carriage coupling screws, light bulbs and sockets, bottle caps etc and also objects made of brittle materials as glass, plastic, porcelains etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of thread profiles
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Keys Keys are machine elements used to prevent relative rotational movement between a shaft and the parts mounted on it, such as pulleys, gears, wheels, couplings, etc. for making the joint, keyways are cut on the surface of the shaft and in the hub of the part to be mounted. After positioning the part on the shaft such that, both the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
keyways are properly aligned, the key is driven from the end, resulting in a firm joint. For mounting a part at any intermediate location on the shaft, first the key is firmly placed in the keyways of the shaft and then the part to be mounted is slid from one end of the shaft, till it is fully engaged with the key. Keys are classified into three types. 1. Saddle keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
I. flat saddle key II. hollow saddle key
16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Sunk keys I. taper sunk keys II. parallel sunk keys III. woodruff keys 3. Round keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of keys
17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bolt and nuts A bolt and nut in combination is a fastening device used to hold two parts together. The body of the bolt, called shank is cylindrical in form, the head; square or hexagonal in shape, is formed by forging. Screw threads are cut on the other end of the shank. Nuts in general are square or hexagonal in shape. The nuts with internal threads engage with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the corresponding size of the external threads of the bolt. However, there are other forms of nuts used to suit specific requirements. For nuts, hexagonal shape is preferred to the square one, as it is easy to tighten even in a limited space. This is because, with only one-sixth of a turn, the spanner can be reintroduced in the same position. However, square nuts are used when frequent loosening and tightening is required. The sharp corners on the head of bolts and nuts are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
removed by chamfering. Empirical portions of hexagonal and square head bolt & nut detail proportion Nominal diameter d = size of bolt or nut, mm Width across flats s = 1.5d+3 mm Width across corners e = 2d
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thickness of bolt head k = 0.8d Thickness of nut, n = 0.9d Root diameter, d1 = d - (2 ? depth of thread) Length of the bolt L = as specified Thread length b = 2d+6mm (for l<150mm)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
= 2d+12mm (for l>150mm) Chamfer of bolt end, Z = (depth of thread ? 45 0 ) or =0.1d Chamfer angle of bolt head & nut 30
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.5 Limits, fits and tolerances Limit System
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Following are some of the terms used in the limit system: Tolerance: The permissible variation of a size is called tolerance. It is the difference between the maximum and minimum permissible limits of the given size. If the variation is provided on one side of the basic size, it is termed as unilateral tolerance. Similarly, if the variation is provided on both sides of the basic size, it is known as bilateral tolerance.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Limits: The two extreme permissible sizes between which the actual size is contained are called limits. The maximum size is called the upper limit and the minimum size is called the lower limit. Deviation: It is the algebraic difference between a size (actual, maximum, etc.) and the corresponding basic size. Actual deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the actual size and the corresponding basic size. Upper deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the maximum limit of the size and the corresponding basic
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
size. Lower deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the minimum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size. Allowance: It is the dimensional difference between the maximum material limits of the mating parts, intentionally provided to obtain the desired class of fit. If the allowance is positive, it will result in minimum clearance between the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mating parts and if the allowance is negative, it will result in maximum interference. Basic Size: It is determined solely from design calculations. If the strength and stiffness requirements need a 50mm diameter shaft, then 50mm is the basic shaft size. If it has to fit into a hole, then 50 mm is the basic size of the hole. Here, the two limit dimensions of the shaft are deviating in the negative direction with respect to the basic size and those of the hole in the positive direction. The line corresponding to the basic size is called the zero line or line of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
zero deviation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Fits The relation between two mating parts is known as a fit. Depending upon the actual limits of the hole or shaft sizes,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
fits may be classified as clearance fit, transition fit and interference fit.
Clearance Fit: It is a fit that gives a clearance between the two mating parts. minimum clearance: It is the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in a clearance fit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maximum clearance: It is the difference between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in a clearance or transition fit. The fit between the shaft and hole in Fig. is a clearance fit that permits a minimum clearance (allowance) value of 29.95 ? 29.90 = + 0.05 mm and a maximum clearance of + 0.15 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Transition Fit: This fit may result in either interference or a clearance, depending upon the actual values of the tolerance of individual parts. The shaft in Fig. may be either smaller or larger than the hole and still be within the prescribed tolerances. It results in a clearance fit, when shaft diameter is 29.95 and hole diameter is 30.05 (+ 0.10
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mm) and interference fit, when shaft diameter is 30.00 and hole diameter 29.95 (? 0.05 mm).
20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Interference fit: If the difference between the hole and shaft sizes is negative before assembly; an interference fit is obtained.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
minimum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference (negative) between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in an interference fit before assembly. maximum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in an interference or a transition fit before assembly. The shaft in fig. is larger than the hole, so it requires a press fit, which has an effect similar to welding of two parts.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The value of minimum interference is 30.25 ? 30.30 = ? 0.05 mm and maximum interference is 30.15 ? 30.40 = ? 0.25 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Schematic representation of fits:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tolerance It is impossible to make anything to an exact size, therefore it is essential to allow a definite tolerance or permissible variation on every specified dimension.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tolerances are specified because ? Variations in properties of the material being machined introduce errors. ? The production machines themselves may have some inherent inaccuracies. ? It is impossible for an operator to make perfect settings. While setting up the tools and workpiece on the machine, some errors are likely to creep in.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Form variation: It is a variation of the actual condition of a form feature (surface, line) from geometrically ideal form. Position variation: It is a variation of the actual position of the form feature from the geometrically ideal position, with reference to another form (datum) feature. Geometrical tolerance: Geometrical tolerance is defined as the maximum permissible overall variation of form or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
position of a feature.
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Geometrical tolerances are used,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(i) to specify the required accuracy in controlling the form of a feature, (ii) to ensure correct functional positioning of the feature, (iii) to ensure the interchangeability of components, and (iv) to facilitate the assembly of mating components. Tolerance zone: It is an imaginary area or volume within which the controlled feature of the manufactured
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
component must be completely contained Datum: It is a theoretically exact geometric reference (such as axes, planes, straight lines, etc.) to which the tolerance features are related. Datum feature: A datum feature is a feature of a part, such as an edge, surface, or a hole, which forms the basis for a datum or is used to establish its location
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Datum triangle: The datums are indicated by a leader line, terminating in a filled or an open triangle. Datum letter: To identify a datum for reference purposes, a capital letter is enclosed in a frame, connected to the datum triangle.
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
List of Experiments
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OUTCOMES
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6 2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36 5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39 6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48 9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51 10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60 13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63 14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
69 16 3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch 75 18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 3D Assembly of Machine vice 82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
85 21 3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Gear pump 91 ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
99
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND TOLERANCES Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing Abbrevations Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C Across flats A/F
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Approved APPD Approximate APPROX Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX Bearing BRG
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Centimetre Cm Centres CRS Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L Chamfered CHMED
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Checked CHD Cheese head CH HD Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE Continued CONTD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Counterbore C BORE Countersunk CSK Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA Diametral pitch DP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Dimension DIM Drawing DRG Equi-spaced EQUI-SP External EXT Maunfacture MFG
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Material MATL Maximum max. Metre m Mechanical MECH Millimetre mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Minimum min. Nominal NOM Not to scale NTS Number No. Opposite OPP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Outside diameter OD Pitch circle PC Pitch circle diameter PCD Quantity QTY Radius R
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Radius in a note RAD Reference REF Required REQD Right hand RH Round RD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Screw SCR Serial number Sl. No. Specification SPEC Sphere/Spherical SPHERE Spot face SF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Standard STD Symmetrical SYM Thick THK Thread THD Through THRU
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tolerance TOL Typical TYP Undercut U/C Weight WT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Standard Codes
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols 7. Tail
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8. Specifications, process, or other references
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.3 Riveted Joints A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members. A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If, ? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
t = thickness of each of the connecting plates then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Types of rivet heads
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?. Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The principal uses of threads are, 1. for fastening 2. for adjusting 3. for transmitting power
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom. 3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread. 4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial plane. 5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter. 6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the crests of an external or internal thread. 7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an external thread or of an internal thread.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove. 9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads. 10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution. 11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw. 12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole. 13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as RH.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as LH.
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
V- THREADS British standard whit worth thread (BSW) This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots. British Association threads (B.A Threads)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are used on screws for precision work. American standard threads (or) sellers thread The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA and Canada.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Unified screw threads The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF). ISO Metric Thread This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60 0 and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25. SQUARE THREADS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Basic square thread The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6. Acme Thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29 0
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Buttress Thread The profile of this thread is a combination of square and V- threads. It combines the low frictional of square and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ability to transmit power of square thread and the strength of V ? thread. It is used to transmit load in uni-direction. These threads are used in screw press, vices.
Knuckle Thread It is also a modification of square thread. The sharp corners of square thread are rounded off. This thread is used
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
where heavy wear rough use is expected. The thread can be rolled or cast easily. It is used in railway carriage coupling screws, light bulbs and sockets, bottle caps etc and also objects made of brittle materials as glass, plastic, porcelains etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of thread profiles
Keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Keys are machine elements used to prevent relative rotational movement between a shaft and the parts mounted on it, such as pulleys, gears, wheels, couplings, etc. for making the joint, keyways are cut on the surface of the shaft and in the hub of the part to be mounted. After positioning the part on the shaft such that, both the keyways are properly aligned, the key is driven from the end, resulting in a firm joint. For mounting a part at any intermediate location on the shaft, first the key is firmly placed in the keyways of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
shaft and then the part to be mounted is slid from one end of the shaft, till it is fully engaged with the key. Keys are classified into three types. 1. Saddle keys I. flat saddle key II. hollow saddle key
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
2. Sunk keys I. taper sunk keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
II. parallel sunk keys III. woodruff keys 3. Round keys
Types of keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Bolt and nuts
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A bolt and nut in combination is a fastening device used to hold two parts together. The body of the bolt, called shank is cylindrical in form, the head; square or hexagonal in shape, is formed by forging. Screw threads are cut on the other end of the shank. Nuts in general are square or hexagonal in shape. The nuts with internal threads engage with the corresponding size of the external threads of the bolt. However, there are other forms of nuts used to suit specific requirements.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
For nuts, hexagonal shape is preferred to the square one, as it is easy to tighten even in a limited space. This is because, with only one-sixth of a turn, the spanner can be reintroduced in the same position. However, square nuts are used when frequent loosening and tightening is required. The sharp corners on the head of bolts and nuts are removed by chamfering. Empirical portions of hexagonal and square head bolt & nut detail proportion
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Nominal diameter d = size of bolt or nut, mm Width across flats s = 1.5d+3 mm Width across corners e = 2d Thickness of bolt head k = 0.8d Thickness of nut, n = 0.9d
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Root diameter, d1 = d - (2 ? depth of thread) Length of the bolt L = as specified Thread length b = 2d+6mm (for l<150mm) = 2d+12mm (for l>150mm) Chamfer of bolt end, Z = (depth of thread ? 45
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0 ) or =0.1d Chamfer angle of bolt head & nut 30 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.5 Limits, fits and tolerances Limit System Following are some of the terms used in the limit system: Tolerance: The permissible variation of a size is called tolerance. It is the difference between the maximum and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
minimum permissible limits of the given size. If the variation is provided on one side of the basic size, it is termed as unilateral tolerance. Similarly, if the variation is provided on both sides of the basic size, it is known as bilateral tolerance. Limits: The two extreme permissible sizes between which the actual size is contained are called limits. The maximum size is called the upper limit and the minimum size is called the lower limit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Deviation: It is the algebraic difference between a size (actual, maximum, etc.) and the corresponding basic size. Actual deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the actual size and the corresponding basic size. Upper deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the maximum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size. Lower deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the minimum limit of the size and the corresponding basic
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
size. Allowance: It is the dimensional difference between the maximum material limits of the mating parts, intentionally provided to obtain the desired class of fit. If the allowance is positive, it will result in minimum clearance between the mating parts and if the allowance is negative, it will result in maximum interference. Basic Size: It is determined solely from design calculations. If the strength and stiffness requirements need a 50mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
diameter shaft, then 50mm is the basic shaft size. If it has to fit into a hole, then 50 mm is the basic size of the hole. Here, the two limit dimensions of the shaft are deviating in the negative direction with respect to the basic size and those of the hole in the positive direction. The line corresponding to the basic size is called the zero line or line of zero deviation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Fits The relation between two mating parts is known as a fit. Depending upon the actual limits of the hole or shaft sizes, fits may be classified as clearance fit, transition fit and interference fit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Clearance Fit: It is a fit that gives a clearance between the two mating parts. minimum clearance: It is the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in a clearance fit. maximum clearance: It is the difference between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in a clearance or transition fit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The fit between the shaft and hole in Fig. is a clearance fit that permits a minimum clearance (allowance) value of 29.95 ? 29.90 = + 0.05 mm and a maximum clearance of + 0.15 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Transition Fit: This fit may result in either interference or a clearance, depending upon the actual values of the tolerance of individual parts. The shaft in Fig. may be either smaller or larger than the hole and still be within the prescribed tolerances. It results in a clearance fit, when shaft diameter is 29.95 and hole diameter is 30.05 (+ 0.10 mm) and interference fit, when shaft diameter is 30.00 and hole diameter 29.95 (? 0.05 mm).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Interference fit: If the difference between the hole and shaft sizes is negative before assembly; an interference fit is obtained. minimum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference (negative) between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in an interference fit before assembly.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maximum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in an interference or a transition fit before assembly. The shaft in fig. is larger than the hole, so it requires a press fit, which has an effect similar to welding of two parts. The value of minimum interference is 30.25 ? 30.30 = ? 0.05 mm and maximum interference is 30.15 ? 30.40 = ? 0.25 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Schematic representation of fits:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tolerance It is impossible to make anything to an exact size, therefore it is essential to allow a definite tolerance or permissible variation on every specified dimension. Tolerances are specified because ? Variations in properties of the material being machined introduce errors.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? The production machines themselves may have some inherent inaccuracies. ? It is impossible for an operator to make perfect settings. While setting up the tools and workpiece on the machine, some errors are likely to creep in.
Form variation: It is a variation of the actual condition of a form feature (surface, line) from geometrically ideal form.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Position variation: It is a variation of the actual position of the form feature from the geometrically ideal position, with reference to another form (datum) feature. Geometrical tolerance: Geometrical tolerance is defined as the maximum permissible overall variation of form or position of a feature.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Geometrical tolerances are used, (i) to specify the required accuracy in controlling the form of a feature, (ii) to ensure correct functional positioning of the feature,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(iii) to ensure the interchangeability of components, and (iv) to facilitate the assembly of mating components. Tolerance zone: It is an imaginary area or volume within which the controlled feature of the manufactured component must be completely contained Datum: It is a theoretically exact geometric reference (such as axes, planes, straight lines, etc.) to which the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tolerance features are related. Datum feature: A datum feature is a feature of a part, such as an edge, surface, or a hole, which forms the basis for a datum or is used to establish its location
Datum triangle: The datums are indicated by a leader line, terminating in a filled or an open triangle.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Datum letter: To identify a datum for reference purposes, a capital letter is enclosed in a frame, connected to the datum triangle.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
List of Experiments
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer-
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OUTCOMES
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No. 1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6 2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4 2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39 6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8 3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51 10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12 3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63 14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box 69
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16 3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17 3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
75 18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79 19
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Machine vice 82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock 85
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
21 3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22 3D Assembly of Gear pump
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
91 ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK 99
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
TOLERANCES Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Abbrevations Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C Across flats A/F Approved APPD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Approximate APPROX Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX Bearing BRG Centimetre Cm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Centres CRS Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L Chamfered CHMED Checked CHD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cheese head CH HD Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE Continued CONTD Counterbore C BORE
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Countersunk CSK Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA Diametral pitch DP Dimension DIM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Drawing DRG Equi-spaced EQUI-SP External EXT Maunfacture MFG Material MATL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Maximum max. Metre m Mechanical MECH Millimetre mm Minimum min.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Nominal NOM Not to scale NTS Number No. Opposite OPP Outside diameter OD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pitch circle PC Pitch circle diameter PCD Quantity QTY Radius R Radius in a note RAD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Reference REF Required REQD Right hand RH Round RD Screw SCR
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Serial number Sl. No. Specification SPEC Sphere/Spherical SPHERE Spot face SF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Figure FIG. General GNL Ground level GL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Ground GND Hexagonal HEX Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Left hand LH Machine M/C
Square SQ Standard STD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Symmetrical SYM Thick THK Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Typical TYP Undercut U/C Weight WT
Standard Codes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the fig.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.3 Riveted Joints A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints. The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members. A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If, ? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet t = thickness of each of the connecting plates
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of rivet heads
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation. If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?. Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap. The principal uses of threads are,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. for fastening 2. for adjusting 3. for transmitting power
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top. 2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread. 4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial plane. 5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the crests of an external or internal thread. 7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an external thread or of an internal thread. 8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove. 9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads. 10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw. 12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole. 13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as RH. 14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
as LH.
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
V- THREADS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
British standard whit worth thread (BSW) This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots. British Association threads (B.A Threads) The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
used on screws for precision work. American standard threads (or) sellers thread The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA and Canada. Unified screw threads
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse (UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ISO Metric Thread This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60 0 and the crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25. SQUARE THREADS Basic square thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6. Acme Thread It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Buttress Thread The profile of this thread is a combination of square and V- threads. It combines the low frictional of square and ability to transmit power of square thread and the strength of V ? thread. It is used to transmit load in uni-direction.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These threads are used in screw press, vices.
Knuckle Thread It is also a modification of square thread. The sharp corners of square thread are rounded off. This thread is used where heavy wear rough use is expected. The thread can be rolled or cast easily. It is used in railway carriage
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
coupling screws, light bulbs and sockets, bottle caps etc and also objects made of brittle materials as glass, plastic, porcelains etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of thread profiles
Keys Keys are machine elements used to prevent relative rotational movement between a shaft and the parts
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mounted on it, such as pulleys, gears, wheels, couplings, etc. for making the joint, keyways are cut on the surface of the shaft and in the hub of the part to be mounted. After positioning the part on the shaft such that, both the keyways are properly aligned, the key is driven from the end, resulting in a firm joint. For mounting a part at any intermediate location on the shaft, first the key is firmly placed in the keyways of the shaft and then the part to be mounted is slid from one end of the shaft, till it is fully engaged with the key.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Keys are classified into three types. 1. Saddle keys I. flat saddle key II. hollow saddle key
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
2. Sunk keys I. taper sunk keys II. parallel sunk keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
III. woodruff keys 3. Round keys
Types of keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Bolt and nuts A bolt and nut in combination is a fastening device used to hold two parts together. The body of the bolt, called shank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is cylindrical in form, the head; square or hexagonal in shape, is formed by forging. Screw threads are cut on the other end of the shank. Nuts in general are square or hexagonal in shape. The nuts with internal threads engage with the corresponding size of the external threads of the bolt. However, there are other forms of nuts used to suit specific requirements. For nuts, hexagonal shape is preferred to the square one, as it is easy to tighten even in a limited space. This is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
because, with only one-sixth of a turn, the spanner can be reintroduced in the same position. However, square nuts are used when frequent loosening and tightening is required. The sharp corners on the head of bolts and nuts are removed by chamfering. Empirical portions of hexagonal and square head bolt & nut detail proportion Nominal diameter d = size of bolt or nut, mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Width across flats s = 1.5d+3 mm Width across corners e = 2d Thickness of bolt head k = 0.8d Thickness of nut, n = 0.9d Root diameter, d1 = d - (2 ? depth of thread)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Length of the bolt L = as specified Thread length b = 2d+6mm (for l<150mm) = 2d+12mm (for l>150mm) Chamfer of bolt end, Z = (depth of thread ? 45 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
) or =0.1d Chamfer angle of bolt head & nut 30 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.5 Limits, fits and tolerances Limit System Following are some of the terms used in the limit system: Tolerance: The permissible variation of a size is called tolerance. It is the difference between the maximum and minimum permissible limits of the given size. If the variation is provided on one side of the basic size, it is termed as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
unilateral tolerance. Similarly, if the variation is provided on both sides of the basic size, it is known as bilateral tolerance. Limits: The two extreme permissible sizes between which the actual size is contained are called limits. The maximum size is called the upper limit and the minimum size is called the lower limit. Deviation: It is the algebraic difference between a size (actual, maximum, etc.) and the corresponding basic size.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Actual deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the actual size and the corresponding basic size. Upper deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the maximum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size. Lower deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the minimum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Allowance: It is the dimensional difference between the maximum material limits of the mating parts, intentionally provided to obtain the desired class of fit. If the allowance is positive, it will result in minimum clearance between the mating parts and if the allowance is negative, it will result in maximum interference. Basic Size: It is determined solely from design calculations. If the strength and stiffness requirements need a 50mm diameter shaft, then 50mm is the basic shaft size. If it has to fit into a hole, then 50 mm is the basic size of the hole.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Here, the two limit dimensions of the shaft are deviating in the negative direction with respect to the basic size and those of the hole in the positive direction. The line corresponding to the basic size is called the zero line or line of zero deviation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Fits The relation between two mating parts is known as a fit. Depending upon the actual limits of the hole or shaft sizes, fits may be classified as clearance fit, transition fit and interference fit.
Clearance Fit: It is a fit that gives a clearance between the two mating parts.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
minimum clearance: It is the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in a clearance fit. maximum clearance: It is the difference between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in a clearance or transition fit. The fit between the shaft and hole in Fig. is a clearance fit that permits a minimum clearance (allowance) value of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
29.95 ? 29.90 = + 0.05 mm and a maximum clearance of + 0.15 mm.
Transition Fit: This fit may result in either interference or a clearance, depending upon the actual values of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tolerance of individual parts. The shaft in Fig. may be either smaller or larger than the hole and still be within the prescribed tolerances. It results in a clearance fit, when shaft diameter is 29.95 and hole diameter is 30.05 (+ 0.10 mm) and interference fit, when shaft diameter is 30.00 and hole diameter 29.95 (? 0.05 mm).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Interference fit: If the difference between the hole and shaft sizes is negative before assembly; an interference fit is obtained. minimum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference (negative) between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in an interference fit before assembly. maximum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
size of the shaft in an interference or a transition fit before assembly. The shaft in fig. is larger than the hole, so it requires a press fit, which has an effect similar to welding of two parts. The value of minimum interference is 30.25 ? 30.30 = ? 0.05 mm and maximum interference is 30.15 ? 30.40 = ? 0.25 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Schematic representation of fits:
Tolerance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It is impossible to make anything to an exact size, therefore it is essential to allow a definite tolerance or permissible variation on every specified dimension. Tolerances are specified because ? Variations in properties of the material being machined introduce errors. ? The production machines themselves may have some inherent inaccuracies.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? It is impossible for an operator to make perfect settings. While setting up the tools and workpiece on the machine, some errors are likely to creep in.
Form variation: It is a variation of the actual condition of a form feature (surface, line) from geometrically ideal form. Position variation: It is a variation of the actual position of the form feature from the geometrically ideal position, with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference to another form (datum) feature. Geometrical tolerance: Geometrical tolerance is defined as the maximum permissible overall variation of form or position of a feature.
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Geometrical tolerances are used, (i) to specify the required accuracy in controlling the form of a feature, (ii) to ensure correct functional positioning of the feature, (iii) to ensure the interchangeability of components, and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(iv) to facilitate the assembly of mating components. Tolerance zone: It is an imaginary area or volume within which the controlled feature of the manufactured component must be completely contained Datum: It is a theoretically exact geometric reference (such as axes, planes, straight lines, etc.) to which the tolerance features are related.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Datum feature: A datum feature is a feature of a part, such as an edge, surface, or a hole, which forms the basis for a datum or is used to establish its location
Datum triangle: The datums are indicated by a leader line, terminating in a filled or an open triangle. Datum letter: To identify a datum for reference purposes, a capital letter is enclosed in a frame, connected to the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
datum triangle.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.02 INTRODUCTION TO CADD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CADD is an electronic tool that enables us to make quick and accurate drawings. CADD has number of advantages over drawings created on a drawing board. Electronic drawings can be modified quite easily and can be represented in a variety of formats. CADD extends its power to yet another branch of engineering called computer aided manufacturing (CAM).CADD and manufacturing program are often integrated into one system called CAD-CAM. This system
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
import CADD drawings into CAM program to automate the manufacturing process. When the design is finalized, the drawings are brought into a CAD-CAM system that uses numerical data from the CADD drawing for actual manufacturing. There is separate category of programs called Computer Aided Engineering (CAE) that can use CADD drawing for engineering analysis. The CAE programs have a number of applications in Structural Design, Civil Engineering,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Mechanical Engineering and Electrical Engineering. The Mechanical engineer can test a machine assembly and also a prototype electronic model and test it without building a physical model. We can do amazing things with CADD that we never thought possible while creating drawings with pen or pencil. The following are some of the important capabilities that make CADD a powerful tool. ? Presentations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? Flexibility in editing ? Unit and accuracy levels ? Storage and access for drawings ? Sharing CADD drawings Presentations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There are a number of ready-made presentations symbols available in CADD that can be used to enhance the look of drawings. In addition to prepare impressive presentations on paper, we can use CADD to make an on-screen presentations. Advanced CADD programs ever allow us to create an animated image. Flexibility in editing CADD allows us to work with great accuracy. If we need to create highly accuracy geometric shapes, CADD is the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
answer. It can help avoid time-consuming mathematical calculations. Unit and accuracy level We can work with as high precession as 1/1000 th of an inch.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Storage and access of drawing A computer electronic filing system has the following advantages over the traditional filing system. FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
List of Experiments
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer-
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OUTCOMES
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No. 1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6 2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4 2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39 6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8 3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51 10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12 3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63 14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box 69
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16 3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17 3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
75 18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79 19
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Machine vice 82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock 85
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
21 3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22 3D Assembly of Gear pump
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
91 ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK 99
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
TOLERANCES Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Abbrevations Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C Across flats A/F Approved APPD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Approximate APPROX Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX Bearing BRG Centimetre Cm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Centres CRS Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L Chamfered CHMED Checked CHD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cheese head CH HD Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE Continued CONTD Counterbore C BORE
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Countersunk CSK Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA Diametral pitch DP Dimension DIM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Drawing DRG Equi-spaced EQUI-SP External EXT Maunfacture MFG Material MATL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Maximum max. Metre m Mechanical MECH Millimetre mm Minimum min.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Nominal NOM Not to scale NTS Number No. Opposite OPP Outside diameter OD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pitch circle PC Pitch circle diameter PCD Quantity QTY Radius R Radius in a note RAD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Reference REF Required REQD Right hand RH Round RD Screw SCR
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Serial number Sl. No. Specification SPEC Sphere/Spherical SPHERE Spot face SF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Figure FIG. General GNL Ground level GL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Ground GND Hexagonal HEX Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Left hand LH Machine M/C
Square SQ Standard STD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Symmetrical SYM Thick THK Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Typical TYP Undercut U/C Weight WT
Standard Codes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the fig.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.3 Riveted Joints A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints. The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members. A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If, ? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet t = thickness of each of the connecting plates
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of rivet heads
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation. If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?. Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap. The principal uses of threads are,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. for fastening 2. for adjusting 3. for transmitting power
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top. 2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread. 4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial plane. 5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the crests of an external or internal thread. 7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an external thread or of an internal thread. 8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove. 9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads. 10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw. 12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole. 13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as RH. 14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
as LH.
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
V- THREADS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
British standard whit worth thread (BSW) This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots. British Association threads (B.A Threads) The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
used on screws for precision work. American standard threads (or) sellers thread The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA and Canada. Unified screw threads
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse (UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ISO Metric Thread This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60 0 and the crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25. SQUARE THREADS Basic square thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6. Acme Thread It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Buttress Thread The profile of this thread is a combination of square and V- threads. It combines the low frictional of square and ability to transmit power of square thread and the strength of V ? thread. It is used to transmit load in uni-direction.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These threads are used in screw press, vices.
Knuckle Thread It is also a modification of square thread. The sharp corners of square thread are rounded off. This thread is used where heavy wear rough use is expected. The thread can be rolled or cast easily. It is used in railway carriage
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
coupling screws, light bulbs and sockets, bottle caps etc and also objects made of brittle materials as glass, plastic, porcelains etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of thread profiles
Keys Keys are machine elements used to prevent relative rotational movement between a shaft and the parts
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mounted on it, such as pulleys, gears, wheels, couplings, etc. for making the joint, keyways are cut on the surface of the shaft and in the hub of the part to be mounted. After positioning the part on the shaft such that, both the keyways are properly aligned, the key is driven from the end, resulting in a firm joint. For mounting a part at any intermediate location on the shaft, first the key is firmly placed in the keyways of the shaft and then the part to be mounted is slid from one end of the shaft, till it is fully engaged with the key.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Keys are classified into three types. 1. Saddle keys I. flat saddle key II. hollow saddle key
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
2. Sunk keys I. taper sunk keys II. parallel sunk keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
III. woodruff keys 3. Round keys
Types of keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Bolt and nuts A bolt and nut in combination is a fastening device used to hold two parts together. The body of the bolt, called shank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is cylindrical in form, the head; square or hexagonal in shape, is formed by forging. Screw threads are cut on the other end of the shank. Nuts in general are square or hexagonal in shape. The nuts with internal threads engage with the corresponding size of the external threads of the bolt. However, there are other forms of nuts used to suit specific requirements. For nuts, hexagonal shape is preferred to the square one, as it is easy to tighten even in a limited space. This is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
because, with only one-sixth of a turn, the spanner can be reintroduced in the same position. However, square nuts are used when frequent loosening and tightening is required. The sharp corners on the head of bolts and nuts are removed by chamfering. Empirical portions of hexagonal and square head bolt & nut detail proportion Nominal diameter d = size of bolt or nut, mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Width across flats s = 1.5d+3 mm Width across corners e = 2d Thickness of bolt head k = 0.8d Thickness of nut, n = 0.9d Root diameter, d1 = d - (2 ? depth of thread)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Length of the bolt L = as specified Thread length b = 2d+6mm (for l<150mm) = 2d+12mm (for l>150mm) Chamfer of bolt end, Z = (depth of thread ? 45 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
) or =0.1d Chamfer angle of bolt head & nut 30 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.5 Limits, fits and tolerances Limit System Following are some of the terms used in the limit system: Tolerance: The permissible variation of a size is called tolerance. It is the difference between the maximum and minimum permissible limits of the given size. If the variation is provided on one side of the basic size, it is termed as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
unilateral tolerance. Similarly, if the variation is provided on both sides of the basic size, it is known as bilateral tolerance. Limits: The two extreme permissible sizes between which the actual size is contained are called limits. The maximum size is called the upper limit and the minimum size is called the lower limit. Deviation: It is the algebraic difference between a size (actual, maximum, etc.) and the corresponding basic size.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Actual deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the actual size and the corresponding basic size. Upper deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the maximum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size. Lower deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the minimum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Allowance: It is the dimensional difference between the maximum material limits of the mating parts, intentionally provided to obtain the desired class of fit. If the allowance is positive, it will result in minimum clearance between the mating parts and if the allowance is negative, it will result in maximum interference. Basic Size: It is determined solely from design calculations. If the strength and stiffness requirements need a 50mm diameter shaft, then 50mm is the basic shaft size. If it has to fit into a hole, then 50 mm is the basic size of the hole.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Here, the two limit dimensions of the shaft are deviating in the negative direction with respect to the basic size and those of the hole in the positive direction. The line corresponding to the basic size is called the zero line or line of zero deviation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Fits The relation between two mating parts is known as a fit. Depending upon the actual limits of the hole or shaft sizes, fits may be classified as clearance fit, transition fit and interference fit.
Clearance Fit: It is a fit that gives a clearance between the two mating parts.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
minimum clearance: It is the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in a clearance fit. maximum clearance: It is the difference between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in a clearance or transition fit. The fit between the shaft and hole in Fig. is a clearance fit that permits a minimum clearance (allowance) value of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
29.95 ? 29.90 = + 0.05 mm and a maximum clearance of + 0.15 mm.
Transition Fit: This fit may result in either interference or a clearance, depending upon the actual values of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tolerance of individual parts. The shaft in Fig. may be either smaller or larger than the hole and still be within the prescribed tolerances. It results in a clearance fit, when shaft diameter is 29.95 and hole diameter is 30.05 (+ 0.10 mm) and interference fit, when shaft diameter is 30.00 and hole diameter 29.95 (? 0.05 mm).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Interference fit: If the difference between the hole and shaft sizes is negative before assembly; an interference fit is obtained. minimum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference (negative) between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in an interference fit before assembly. maximum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
size of the shaft in an interference or a transition fit before assembly. The shaft in fig. is larger than the hole, so it requires a press fit, which has an effect similar to welding of two parts. The value of minimum interference is 30.25 ? 30.30 = ? 0.05 mm and maximum interference is 30.15 ? 30.40 = ? 0.25 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Schematic representation of fits:
Tolerance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It is impossible to make anything to an exact size, therefore it is essential to allow a definite tolerance or permissible variation on every specified dimension. Tolerances are specified because ? Variations in properties of the material being machined introduce errors. ? The production machines themselves may have some inherent inaccuracies.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? It is impossible for an operator to make perfect settings. While setting up the tools and workpiece on the machine, some errors are likely to creep in.
Form variation: It is a variation of the actual condition of a form feature (surface, line) from geometrically ideal form. Position variation: It is a variation of the actual position of the form feature from the geometrically ideal position, with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference to another form (datum) feature. Geometrical tolerance: Geometrical tolerance is defined as the maximum permissible overall variation of form or position of a feature.
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Geometrical tolerances are used, (i) to specify the required accuracy in controlling the form of a feature, (ii) to ensure correct functional positioning of the feature, (iii) to ensure the interchangeability of components, and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(iv) to facilitate the assembly of mating components. Tolerance zone: It is an imaginary area or volume within which the controlled feature of the manufactured component must be completely contained Datum: It is a theoretically exact geometric reference (such as axes, planes, straight lines, etc.) to which the tolerance features are related.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Datum feature: A datum feature is a feature of a part, such as an edge, surface, or a hole, which forms the basis for a datum or is used to establish its location
Datum triangle: The datums are indicated by a leader line, terminating in a filled or an open triangle. Datum letter: To identify a datum for reference purposes, a capital letter is enclosed in a frame, connected to the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
datum triangle.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.02 INTRODUCTION TO CADD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CADD is an electronic tool that enables us to make quick and accurate drawings. CADD has number of advantages over drawings created on a drawing board. Electronic drawings can be modified quite easily and can be represented in a variety of formats. CADD extends its power to yet another branch of engineering called computer aided manufacturing (CAM).CADD and manufacturing program are often integrated into one system called CAD-CAM. This system
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
import CADD drawings into CAM program to automate the manufacturing process. When the design is finalized, the drawings are brought into a CAD-CAM system that uses numerical data from the CADD drawing for actual manufacturing. There is separate category of programs called Computer Aided Engineering (CAE) that can use CADD drawing for engineering analysis. The CAE programs have a number of applications in Structural Design, Civil Engineering,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Mechanical Engineering and Electrical Engineering. The Mechanical engineer can test a machine assembly and also a prototype electronic model and test it without building a physical model. We can do amazing things with CADD that we never thought possible while creating drawings with pen or pencil. The following are some of the important capabilities that make CADD a powerful tool. ? Presentations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? Flexibility in editing ? Unit and accuracy levels ? Storage and access for drawings ? Sharing CADD drawings Presentations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There are a number of ready-made presentations symbols available in CADD that can be used to enhance the look of drawings. In addition to prepare impressive presentations on paper, we can use CADD to make an on-screen presentations. Advanced CADD programs ever allow us to create an animated image. Flexibility in editing CADD allows us to work with great accuracy. If we need to create highly accuracy geometric shapes, CADD is the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
answer. It can help avoid time-consuming mathematical calculations. Unit and accuracy level We can work with as high precession as 1/1000 th of an inch.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Storage and access of drawing A computer electronic filing system has the following advantages over the traditional filing system.
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? It is quick and convenient to organize CADD drawing in a computer. ? It enables us to create a highly organized environment. ? An electronic drawing never gets old and faded. Sharing CADD Drawing The electronic drawing can be shared by a number of users, allowing them to Co-ordinate projects and work as a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
team. This is accomplished by connecting different computer via a network.
About AutoCAD
AutoCAD is a Computer Aided Design (CAD) program used by just about every Engineering and Design office in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the world. Although there are alternative CAD packages, AutoCAD is by far the most widely used system. Autodesk's AutoCAD is the industry leader in CAD packages. Used by Civil Engineers, Architects, Mechanical and Electrical Engineers, Aeronautical Engineers plus many other disciplines. There have been several versions of AutoCAD over the years, with each new version introducing new and more powerful features than its predecessor. The latest version of AutoCAD (at the time of writing) is AutoCAD 2011. Any
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
courses, whether through community colleges or online universities, that are related to Engineering or Architecture should be considered incomplete if they do not introduce students to AutoCAD. Accurate, scale drawings can be created and published using AutoCAD powerful features. 3D 'models' can also be created giving the designer absolute control over the design from start to finish. The computerized model can be viewed through a 360? angle, and even 'rendered' with a texture on screen to give an idea of the finished product.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Co-ordinate system
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
AutoCAD uses points to determine where an object is located. There is an origin where it begins counting from. This
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
point is (0,0). Every object is located in relation to the origin. If we were to draw a line straight out to the right from FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
?
DEPARTMENT OF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
List of Experiments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Valves-safety and non-return valves
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer- round-mirror-section-assembly
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No. 1 Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4 2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36 5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8 3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48 9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12 3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60 13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box 69 16
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17 3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch 75
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79 19 3D Assembly of Machine vice
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock 85 21
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22 3D Assembly of Gear pump 91
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK 99
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND TOLERANCES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing Abbrevations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C Across flats A/F Approved APPD Approximate APPROX
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX Bearing BRG Centimetre Cm Centres CRS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L Chamfered CHMED Checked CHD Cheese head CH HD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE Continued CONTD Counterbore C BORE Countersunk CSK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA Diametral pitch DP Dimension DIM Drawing DRG
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Equi-spaced EQUI-SP External EXT Maunfacture MFG Material MATL Maximum max.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Metre m Mechanical MECH Millimetre mm Minimum min. Nominal NOM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Not to scale NTS Number No. Opposite OPP Outside diameter OD Pitch circle PC
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pitch circle diameter PCD Quantity QTY Radius R Radius in a note RAD Reference REF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Required REQD Right hand RH Round RD Screw SCR Serial number Sl. No.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Specification SPEC Sphere/Spherical SPHERE Spot face SF
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Figure FIG. General GNL Ground level GL Ground GND
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Hexagonal HEX Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT Left hand LH
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Machine M/C
Square SQ Standard STD Symmetrical SYM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thick THK Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL Typical TYP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Undercut U/C Weight WT
Standard Codes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
1.2 Welding symbols
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.3 Riveted Joints A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints. The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
riveted members. A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If, ? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet t = thickness of each of the connecting plates then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of rivet heads
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners Screw Threads
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation. If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?. Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap. The principal uses of threads are, 1. for fastening
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. for adjusting 3. for transmitting power
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top. 2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom. 3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial plane. 5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter. 6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
crests of an external or internal thread. 7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an external thread or of an internal thread. 8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads. 10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution. 11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole. 13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as RH. 14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as LH.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
V- THREADS British standard whit worth thread (BSW)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots. British Association threads (B.A Threads) The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are used on screws for precision work.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
American standard threads (or) sellers thread The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA and Canada. Unified screw threads The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse (UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF). ISO Metric Thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60 0 and the crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25. SQUARE THREADS Basic square thread The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6. Acme Thread It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Buttress Thread The profile of this thread is a combination of square and V- threads. It combines the low frictional of square and ability to transmit power of square thread and the strength of V ? thread. It is used to transmit load in uni-direction. These threads are used in screw press, vices.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Knuckle Thread It is also a modification of square thread. The sharp corners of square thread are rounded off. This thread is used where heavy wear rough use is expected. The thread can be rolled or cast easily. It is used in railway carriage coupling screws, light bulbs and sockets, bottle caps etc and also objects made of brittle materials as glass, plastic,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
porcelains etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of thread profiles
Keys Keys are machine elements used to prevent relative rotational movement between a shaft and the parts mounted on it, such as pulleys, gears, wheels, couplings, etc. for making the joint, keyways are cut on the surface
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of the shaft and in the hub of the part to be mounted. After positioning the part on the shaft such that, both the keyways are properly aligned, the key is driven from the end, resulting in a firm joint. For mounting a part at any intermediate location on the shaft, first the key is firmly placed in the keyways of the shaft and then the part to be mounted is slid from one end of the shaft, till it is fully engaged with the key. Keys are classified into three types.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Saddle keys I. flat saddle key II. hollow saddle key
16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Sunk keys I. taper sunk keys II. parallel sunk keys III. woodruff keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Round keys
Types of keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Bolt and nuts A bolt and nut in combination is a fastening device used to hold two parts together. The body of the bolt, called shank is cylindrical in form, the head; square or hexagonal in shape, is formed by forging. Screw threads are cut on the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
other end of the shank. Nuts in general are square or hexagonal in shape. The nuts with internal threads engage with the corresponding size of the external threads of the bolt. However, there are other forms of nuts used to suit specific requirements. For nuts, hexagonal shape is preferred to the square one, as it is easy to tighten even in a limited space. This is because, with only one-sixth of a turn, the spanner can be reintroduced in the same position. However, square nuts
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are used when frequent loosening and tightening is required. The sharp corners on the head of bolts and nuts are removed by chamfering. Empirical portions of hexagonal and square head bolt & nut detail proportion Nominal diameter d = size of bolt or nut, mm Width across flats s = 1.5d+3 mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Width across corners e = 2d Thickness of bolt head k = 0.8d Thickness of nut, n = 0.9d Root diameter, d1 = d - (2 ? depth of thread) Length of the bolt L = as specified
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thread length b = 2d+6mm (for l<150mm) = 2d+12mm (for l>150mm) Chamfer of bolt end, Z = (depth of thread ? 45 0 ) or =0.1d
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Chamfer angle of bolt head & nut 30 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.5 Limits, fits and tolerances
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Limit System Following are some of the terms used in the limit system: Tolerance: The permissible variation of a size is called tolerance. It is the difference between the maximum and minimum permissible limits of the given size. If the variation is provided on one side of the basic size, it is termed as unilateral tolerance. Similarly, if the variation is provided on both sides of the basic size, it is known as bilateral
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tolerance. Limits: The two extreme permissible sizes between which the actual size is contained are called limits. The maximum size is called the upper limit and the minimum size is called the lower limit. Deviation: It is the algebraic difference between a size (actual, maximum, etc.) and the corresponding basic size. Actual deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the actual size and the corresponding basic size.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Upper deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the maximum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size. Lower deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the minimum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size. Allowance: It is the dimensional difference between the maximum material limits of the mating parts, intentionally
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
provided to obtain the desired class of fit. If the allowance is positive, it will result in minimum clearance between the mating parts and if the allowance is negative, it will result in maximum interference. Basic Size: It is determined solely from design calculations. If the strength and stiffness requirements need a 50mm diameter shaft, then 50mm is the basic shaft size. If it has to fit into a hole, then 50 mm is the basic size of the hole. Here, the two limit dimensions of the shaft are deviating in the negative direction with respect to the basic size and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
those of the hole in the positive direction. The line corresponding to the basic size is called the zero line or line of zero deviation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Fits
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The relation between two mating parts is known as a fit. Depending upon the actual limits of the hole or shaft sizes, fits may be classified as clearance fit, transition fit and interference fit.
Clearance Fit: It is a fit that gives a clearance between the two mating parts. minimum clearance: It is the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
clearance fit. maximum clearance: It is the difference between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in a clearance or transition fit. The fit between the shaft and hole in Fig. is a clearance fit that permits a minimum clearance (allowance) value of 29.95 ? 29.90 = + 0.05 mm and a maximum clearance of + 0.15 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Transition Fit: This fit may result in either interference or a clearance, depending upon the actual values of the tolerance of individual parts. The shaft in Fig. may be either smaller or larger than the hole and still be within the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
prescribed tolerances. It results in a clearance fit, when shaft diameter is 29.95 and hole diameter is 30.05 (+ 0.10 mm) and interference fit, when shaft diameter is 30.00 and hole diameter 29.95 (? 0.05 mm).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Interference fit: If the difference between the hole and shaft sizes is negative before assembly; an interference fit is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
obtained. minimum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference (negative) between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in an interference fit before assembly. maximum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in an interference or a transition fit before assembly.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The shaft in fig. is larger than the hole, so it requires a press fit, which has an effect similar to welding of two parts. The value of minimum interference is 30.25 ? 30.30 = ? 0.05 mm and maximum interference is 30.15 ? 30.40 = ? 0.25 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Schematic representation of fits:
Tolerance It is impossible to make anything to an exact size, therefore it is essential to allow a definite tolerance or permissible
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
variation on every specified dimension. Tolerances are specified because ? Variations in properties of the material being machined introduce errors. ? The production machines themselves may have some inherent inaccuracies. ? It is impossible for an operator to make perfect settings. While setting up the tools and workpiece on the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
machine, some errors are likely to creep in.
Form variation: It is a variation of the actual condition of a form feature (surface, line) from geometrically ideal form. Position variation: It is a variation of the actual position of the form feature from the geometrically ideal position, with reference to another form (datum) feature.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Geometrical tolerance: Geometrical tolerance is defined as the maximum permissible overall variation of form or position of a feature.
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Geometrical tolerances are used, (i) to specify the required accuracy in controlling the form of a feature, (ii) to ensure correct functional positioning of the feature, (iii) to ensure the interchangeability of components, and (iv) to facilitate the assembly of mating components.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tolerance zone: It is an imaginary area or volume within which the controlled feature of the manufactured component must be completely contained Datum: It is a theoretically exact geometric reference (such as axes, planes, straight lines, etc.) to which the tolerance features are related. Datum feature: A datum feature is a feature of a part, such as an edge, surface, or a hole, which forms the basis for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a datum or is used to establish its location
Datum triangle: The datums are indicated by a leader line, terminating in a filled or an open triangle. Datum letter: To identify a datum for reference purposes, a capital letter is enclosed in a frame, connected to the datum triangle.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.02 INTRODUCTION TO CADD CADD is an electronic tool that enables us to make quick and accurate drawings. CADD has number of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
advantages over drawings created on a drawing board. Electronic drawings can be modified quite easily and can be represented in a variety of formats. CADD extends its power to yet another branch of engineering called computer aided manufacturing (CAM).CADD and manufacturing program are often integrated into one system called CAD-CAM. This system import CADD drawings into CAM program to automate the manufacturing process. When the design is finalized, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
drawings are brought into a CAD-CAM system that uses numerical data from the CADD drawing for actual manufacturing. There is separate category of programs called Computer Aided Engineering (CAE) that can use CADD drawing for engineering analysis. The CAE programs have a number of applications in Structural Design, Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and Electrical Engineering. The Mechanical engineer can test a machine assembly and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
also a prototype electronic model and test it without building a physical model. We can do amazing things with CADD that we never thought possible while creating drawings with pen or pencil. The following are some of the important capabilities that make CADD a powerful tool. ? Presentations ? Flexibility in editing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? Unit and accuracy levels ? Storage and access for drawings ? Sharing CADD drawings Presentations There are a number of ready-made presentations symbols available in CADD that can be used to enhance the look
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of drawings. In addition to prepare impressive presentations on paper, we can use CADD to make an on-screen presentations. Advanced CADD programs ever allow us to create an animated image. Flexibility in editing CADD allows us to work with great accuracy. If we need to create highly accuracy geometric shapes, CADD is the answer. It can help avoid time-consuming mathematical calculations.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Unit and accuracy level We can work with as high precession as 1/1000 th of an inch. Storage and access of drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A computer electronic filing system has the following advantages over the traditional filing system.
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
? It is quick and convenient to organize CADD drawing in a computer.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? It enables us to create a highly organized environment. ? An electronic drawing never gets old and faded. Sharing CADD Drawing The electronic drawing can be shared by a number of users, allowing them to Co-ordinate projects and work as a team. This is accomplished by connecting different computer via a network.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
About AutoCAD
AutoCAD is a Computer Aided Design (CAD) program used by just about every Engineering and Design office in the world. Although there are alternative CAD packages, AutoCAD is by far the most widely used system.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Autodesk's AutoCAD is the industry leader in CAD packages. Used by Civil Engineers, Architects, Mechanical and Electrical Engineers, Aeronautical Engineers plus many other disciplines. There have been several versions of AutoCAD over the years, with each new version introducing new and more powerful features than its predecessor. The latest version of AutoCAD (at the time of writing) is AutoCAD 2011. Any courses, whether through community colleges or online universities, that are related to Engineering or Architecture
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should be considered incomplete if they do not introduce students to AutoCAD. Accurate, scale drawings can be created and published using AutoCAD powerful features. 3D 'models' can also be created giving the designer absolute control over the design from start to finish. The computerized model can be viewed through a 360? angle, and even 'rendered' with a texture on screen to give an idea of the finished product. Co-ordinate system
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
AutoCAD uses points to determine where an object is located. There is an origin where it begins counting from. This point is (0,0). Every object is located in relation to the origin. If we were to draw a line straight out to the right from
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
the origin, this would be considered the positive X-axis. If we were to draw a line straight up, this would be the positive Y-axis. The picture above shows a point located at (9, 6). This means that the point is 9 units over in the X-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
axis and 6 units up in the Y-axis. When we are working with points, X always comes first. The other point shown is (-10,-4). This means that the point is 10 units in the negative X-axis (left) and 4 units in the negative Y-axis (down).
A line has two points, a start point and an end point. AutoCAD works with the points to display the line on the screen. Most of the time we will not have an indication of where the origin is. We may need to draw a line from the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
endpoint of an existing line. To do this we use relative points. These work the same way, but we have to add the @ symbol (shift+2) to tell AutoCAD that this next point is relative from the last point entered. i.e. 1. ABSOLUTE POINTS are exact points on the drawing space. 2. RELATIVE POINTS are relative to an OBJECT on the drawing space Angular Measurement
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
AutoCAD measures angles in a particular way also.
When drawing lines at an angle, we have to begin measuring the angle from 0 degrees, which is at the 3 o'clock position. If we drew a line at 90 degrees, it would go straight up. The example shows a line drawn at +300 degrees (270+30), or -60 degrees.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Entering Points in AutoCAD We can enter points directly on the command line using three different systems. The one we use will depend on which is more applicable for the situation. The three systems are as follows:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ABSOLUTE CO-ORDINATES - Using this method, we enter the points as they relate to the origin of the WCS. To enter a point just enters in the exact point as X, Y. FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
MISSION
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
List of Experiments
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer-
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OUTCOMES
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No. 1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6 2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4 2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39 6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8 3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51 10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12 3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63 14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box 69
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16 3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17 3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
75 18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79 19
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Machine vice 82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock 85
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
21 3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22 3D Assembly of Gear pump
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
91 ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK 99
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
TOLERANCES Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Abbrevations Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C Across flats A/F Approved APPD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Approximate APPROX Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX Bearing BRG Centimetre Cm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Centres CRS Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L Chamfered CHMED Checked CHD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cheese head CH HD Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE Continued CONTD Counterbore C BORE
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Countersunk CSK Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA Diametral pitch DP Dimension DIM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Drawing DRG Equi-spaced EQUI-SP External EXT Maunfacture MFG Material MATL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Maximum max. Metre m Mechanical MECH Millimetre mm Minimum min.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Nominal NOM Not to scale NTS Number No. Opposite OPP Outside diameter OD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pitch circle PC Pitch circle diameter PCD Quantity QTY Radius R Radius in a note RAD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Reference REF Required REQD Right hand RH Round RD Screw SCR
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Serial number Sl. No. Specification SPEC Sphere/Spherical SPHERE Spot face SF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Figure FIG. General GNL Ground level GL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Ground GND Hexagonal HEX Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Left hand LH Machine M/C
Square SQ Standard STD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Symmetrical SYM Thick THK Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Typical TYP Undercut U/C Weight WT
Standard Codes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the fig.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.3 Riveted Joints A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints. The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members. A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If, ? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet t = thickness of each of the connecting plates
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of rivet heads
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation. If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?. Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap. The principal uses of threads are,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. for fastening 2. for adjusting 3. for transmitting power
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top. 2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread. 4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial plane. 5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the crests of an external or internal thread. 7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an external thread or of an internal thread. 8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove. 9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads. 10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw. 12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole. 13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as RH. 14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
as LH.
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
V- THREADS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
British standard whit worth thread (BSW) This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots. British Association threads (B.A Threads) The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
used on screws for precision work. American standard threads (or) sellers thread The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA and Canada. Unified screw threads
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse (UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ISO Metric Thread This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60 0 and the crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25. SQUARE THREADS Basic square thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6. Acme Thread It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Buttress Thread The profile of this thread is a combination of square and V- threads. It combines the low frictional of square and ability to transmit power of square thread and the strength of V ? thread. It is used to transmit load in uni-direction.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These threads are used in screw press, vices.
Knuckle Thread It is also a modification of square thread. The sharp corners of square thread are rounded off. This thread is used where heavy wear rough use is expected. The thread can be rolled or cast easily. It is used in railway carriage
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
coupling screws, light bulbs and sockets, bottle caps etc and also objects made of brittle materials as glass, plastic, porcelains etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of thread profiles
Keys Keys are machine elements used to prevent relative rotational movement between a shaft and the parts
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mounted on it, such as pulleys, gears, wheels, couplings, etc. for making the joint, keyways are cut on the surface of the shaft and in the hub of the part to be mounted. After positioning the part on the shaft such that, both the keyways are properly aligned, the key is driven from the end, resulting in a firm joint. For mounting a part at any intermediate location on the shaft, first the key is firmly placed in the keyways of the shaft and then the part to be mounted is slid from one end of the shaft, till it is fully engaged with the key.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Keys are classified into three types. 1. Saddle keys I. flat saddle key II. hollow saddle key
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
2. Sunk keys I. taper sunk keys II. parallel sunk keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
III. woodruff keys 3. Round keys
Types of keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Bolt and nuts A bolt and nut in combination is a fastening device used to hold two parts together. The body of the bolt, called shank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is cylindrical in form, the head; square or hexagonal in shape, is formed by forging. Screw threads are cut on the other end of the shank. Nuts in general are square or hexagonal in shape. The nuts with internal threads engage with the corresponding size of the external threads of the bolt. However, there are other forms of nuts used to suit specific requirements. For nuts, hexagonal shape is preferred to the square one, as it is easy to tighten even in a limited space. This is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
because, with only one-sixth of a turn, the spanner can be reintroduced in the same position. However, square nuts are used when frequent loosening and tightening is required. The sharp corners on the head of bolts and nuts are removed by chamfering. Empirical portions of hexagonal and square head bolt & nut detail proportion Nominal diameter d = size of bolt or nut, mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Width across flats s = 1.5d+3 mm Width across corners e = 2d Thickness of bolt head k = 0.8d Thickness of nut, n = 0.9d Root diameter, d1 = d - (2 ? depth of thread)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Length of the bolt L = as specified Thread length b = 2d+6mm (for l<150mm) = 2d+12mm (for l>150mm) Chamfer of bolt end, Z = (depth of thread ? 45 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
) or =0.1d Chamfer angle of bolt head & nut 30 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.5 Limits, fits and tolerances Limit System Following are some of the terms used in the limit system: Tolerance: The permissible variation of a size is called tolerance. It is the difference between the maximum and minimum permissible limits of the given size. If the variation is provided on one side of the basic size, it is termed as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
unilateral tolerance. Similarly, if the variation is provided on both sides of the basic size, it is known as bilateral tolerance. Limits: The two extreme permissible sizes between which the actual size is contained are called limits. The maximum size is called the upper limit and the minimum size is called the lower limit. Deviation: It is the algebraic difference between a size (actual, maximum, etc.) and the corresponding basic size.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Actual deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the actual size and the corresponding basic size. Upper deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the maximum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size. Lower deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the minimum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Allowance: It is the dimensional difference between the maximum material limits of the mating parts, intentionally provided to obtain the desired class of fit. If the allowance is positive, it will result in minimum clearance between the mating parts and if the allowance is negative, it will result in maximum interference. Basic Size: It is determined solely from design calculations. If the strength and stiffness requirements need a 50mm diameter shaft, then 50mm is the basic shaft size. If it has to fit into a hole, then 50 mm is the basic size of the hole.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Here, the two limit dimensions of the shaft are deviating in the negative direction with respect to the basic size and those of the hole in the positive direction. The line corresponding to the basic size is called the zero line or line of zero deviation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Fits The relation between two mating parts is known as a fit. Depending upon the actual limits of the hole or shaft sizes, fits may be classified as clearance fit, transition fit and interference fit.
Clearance Fit: It is a fit that gives a clearance between the two mating parts.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
minimum clearance: It is the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in a clearance fit. maximum clearance: It is the difference between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in a clearance or transition fit. The fit between the shaft and hole in Fig. is a clearance fit that permits a minimum clearance (allowance) value of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
29.95 ? 29.90 = + 0.05 mm and a maximum clearance of + 0.15 mm.
Transition Fit: This fit may result in either interference or a clearance, depending upon the actual values of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tolerance of individual parts. The shaft in Fig. may be either smaller or larger than the hole and still be within the prescribed tolerances. It results in a clearance fit, when shaft diameter is 29.95 and hole diameter is 30.05 (+ 0.10 mm) and interference fit, when shaft diameter is 30.00 and hole diameter 29.95 (? 0.05 mm).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Interference fit: If the difference between the hole and shaft sizes is negative before assembly; an interference fit is obtained. minimum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference (negative) between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in an interference fit before assembly. maximum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
size of the shaft in an interference or a transition fit before assembly. The shaft in fig. is larger than the hole, so it requires a press fit, which has an effect similar to welding of two parts. The value of minimum interference is 30.25 ? 30.30 = ? 0.05 mm and maximum interference is 30.15 ? 30.40 = ? 0.25 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Schematic representation of fits:
Tolerance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It is impossible to make anything to an exact size, therefore it is essential to allow a definite tolerance or permissible variation on every specified dimension. Tolerances are specified because ? Variations in properties of the material being machined introduce errors. ? The production machines themselves may have some inherent inaccuracies.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? It is impossible for an operator to make perfect settings. While setting up the tools and workpiece on the machine, some errors are likely to creep in.
Form variation: It is a variation of the actual condition of a form feature (surface, line) from geometrically ideal form. Position variation: It is a variation of the actual position of the form feature from the geometrically ideal position, with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference to another form (datum) feature. Geometrical tolerance: Geometrical tolerance is defined as the maximum permissible overall variation of form or position of a feature.
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Geometrical tolerances are used, (i) to specify the required accuracy in controlling the form of a feature, (ii) to ensure correct functional positioning of the feature, (iii) to ensure the interchangeability of components, and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(iv) to facilitate the assembly of mating components. Tolerance zone: It is an imaginary area or volume within which the controlled feature of the manufactured component must be completely contained Datum: It is a theoretically exact geometric reference (such as axes, planes, straight lines, etc.) to which the tolerance features are related.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Datum feature: A datum feature is a feature of a part, such as an edge, surface, or a hole, which forms the basis for a datum or is used to establish its location
Datum triangle: The datums are indicated by a leader line, terminating in a filled or an open triangle. Datum letter: To identify a datum for reference purposes, a capital letter is enclosed in a frame, connected to the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
datum triangle.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.02 INTRODUCTION TO CADD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CADD is an electronic tool that enables us to make quick and accurate drawings. CADD has number of advantages over drawings created on a drawing board. Electronic drawings can be modified quite easily and can be represented in a variety of formats. CADD extends its power to yet another branch of engineering called computer aided manufacturing (CAM).CADD and manufacturing program are often integrated into one system called CAD-CAM. This system
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
import CADD drawings into CAM program to automate the manufacturing process. When the design is finalized, the drawings are brought into a CAD-CAM system that uses numerical data from the CADD drawing for actual manufacturing. There is separate category of programs called Computer Aided Engineering (CAE) that can use CADD drawing for engineering analysis. The CAE programs have a number of applications in Structural Design, Civil Engineering,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Mechanical Engineering and Electrical Engineering. The Mechanical engineer can test a machine assembly and also a prototype electronic model and test it without building a physical model. We can do amazing things with CADD that we never thought possible while creating drawings with pen or pencil. The following are some of the important capabilities that make CADD a powerful tool. ? Presentations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? Flexibility in editing ? Unit and accuracy levels ? Storage and access for drawings ? Sharing CADD drawings Presentations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There are a number of ready-made presentations symbols available in CADD that can be used to enhance the look of drawings. In addition to prepare impressive presentations on paper, we can use CADD to make an on-screen presentations. Advanced CADD programs ever allow us to create an animated image. Flexibility in editing CADD allows us to work with great accuracy. If we need to create highly accuracy geometric shapes, CADD is the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
answer. It can help avoid time-consuming mathematical calculations. Unit and accuracy level We can work with as high precession as 1/1000 th of an inch.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Storage and access of drawing A computer electronic filing system has the following advantages over the traditional filing system.
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? It is quick and convenient to organize CADD drawing in a computer. ? It enables us to create a highly organized environment. ? An electronic drawing never gets old and faded. Sharing CADD Drawing The electronic drawing can be shared by a number of users, allowing them to Co-ordinate projects and work as a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
team. This is accomplished by connecting different computer via a network.
About AutoCAD
AutoCAD is a Computer Aided Design (CAD) program used by just about every Engineering and Design office in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the world. Although there are alternative CAD packages, AutoCAD is by far the most widely used system. Autodesk's AutoCAD is the industry leader in CAD packages. Used by Civil Engineers, Architects, Mechanical and Electrical Engineers, Aeronautical Engineers plus many other disciplines. There have been several versions of AutoCAD over the years, with each new version introducing new and more powerful features than its predecessor. The latest version of AutoCAD (at the time of writing) is AutoCAD 2011. Any
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
courses, whether through community colleges or online universities, that are related to Engineering or Architecture should be considered incomplete if they do not introduce students to AutoCAD. Accurate, scale drawings can be created and published using AutoCAD powerful features. 3D 'models' can also be created giving the designer absolute control over the design from start to finish. The computerized model can be viewed through a 360? angle, and even 'rendered' with a texture on screen to give an idea of the finished product.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Co-ordinate system
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
AutoCAD uses points to determine where an object is located. There is an origin where it begins counting from. This
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
point is (0,0). Every object is located in relation to the origin. If we were to draw a line straight out to the right from
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
the origin, this would be considered the positive X-axis. If we were to draw a line straight up, this would be the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
positive Y-axis. The picture above shows a point located at (9, 6). This means that the point is 9 units over in the X- axis and 6 units up in the Y-axis. When we are working with points, X always comes first. The other point shown is (-10,-4). This means that the point is 10 units in the negative X-axis (left) and 4 units in the negative Y-axis (down).
A line has two points, a start point and an end point. AutoCAD works with the points to display the line on the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
screen. Most of the time we will not have an indication of where the origin is. We may need to draw a line from the endpoint of an existing line. To do this we use relative points. These work the same way, but we have to add the @ symbol (shift+2) to tell AutoCAD that this next point is relative from the last point entered. i.e. 1. ABSOLUTE POINTS are exact points on the drawing space. 2. RELATIVE POINTS are relative to an OBJECT on the drawing space
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Angular Measurement AutoCAD measures angles in a particular way also.
When drawing lines at an angle, we have to begin measuring the angle from 0 degrees, which is at the 3 o'clock position. If we drew a line at 90 degrees, it would go straight up. The example shows a line drawn at +300 degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(270+30), or -60 degrees.
Entering Points in AutoCAD We can enter points directly on the command line using three different systems. The one we use will depend on which is more applicable for the situation. The three systems are as follows:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ABSOLUTE CO-ORDINATES - Using this method, we enter the points as they relate to the origin of the WCS. To enter a point just enters in the exact point as X, Y.
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
RELATIVE CO-ORDINATES - This allows us to enter points in relation to the first point we have entered. After we've entered one point, the next would be entered as @X, Y. This means that AutoCAD will draw a line from the first point to another point X units over and Y units up relative to the previous point. POLAR CO-ORDINATES - We would use this system if we know that we want to draw a line a certain distance at a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
particular angle. We would enter this as @D@10<90 will draw a line 10 units straight up from the first point. The three ways of entering co-ordinates shown above are the ONLY way AutoCAD accepts input. First decide which style we need to use, and then enter as shown. Remember that X is always before Y (alphabetical). Don't forget the '@' symbol when we are entering relative points. AutoCAD Basics
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Application Button - This button displays commands for printing, saving, drawing utilities and other non-drawing tool. Quick Access Toolbar - This is for quick access to common commands like New, Open, Save, Plot Filename - The name of the current file we are working on. Search Bar - Search for text in were drawing or search the help files. Ribbon - The Ribbon has most of the commands/tools that we will use while we are working.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tabs - A series of Tabs make up the Ribbon (Home, Insert, Manage, etc) and organize the Tools into common groups. Panels - Contain a group of tools Tools - These are the icon that starts the commands we use to draw, modify, etc. Tool Tip - If we however mouse over a tool, a tool tip will appear to give us more information. Hold it longer for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
more info. Drawing Space - These is where we draw were designs. Command line - When we type a command, we will see it here. AutoCAD uses this space to 'prompt' us for information. It will give us a lot of information and tell us where we are in the command. Status bar - This allows seeing and changing different modes of drawing such as Ortho, Osnaps, Grid, Otrack, etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
We can right click this area to toggle between icons and text for this area.
ME8381 ? COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY III SEMESTER - R 2017
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Name : _______________________________________ Register No. : _______________________________________ Section : _______________________________________
LABORATORY MANUAL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Breadth To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs) On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications 4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability 8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
List of Experiments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Valves-safety and non-return valves
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer- round-mirror-section-assembly
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
ME8381- COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING LABORATORY
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CONTENTS Sl. No. Name of the experiments Page No. 1 Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 6
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Introduction to CADD 24 3 Introduction to modeling software Pro-E 33 4 2D Drafting of Plummer block bearing 36 5 2D Drafting of Non-return valves 39
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 2D Drafting of Safety valve 42 7 3D Assembly of Flange Coupling 45 8 3D Assembly of Universal Coupling 48 9 3D Assembly of Oldham?s Coupling 51
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 3D Assembly of Knuckle joint 54 11 3D Assembly of Socket and Spigot joint 57 12 3D Assembly of Gib and Cotter joint 60 13 3D Assembly of Connecting rod 63
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14 3D Assembly of Piston 66 15 3D Assembly of Stuffing box 69 16
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Crosshead 72 17 3D Assembly of Multi plate clutch 75
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 3D Assembly of Screw jack 79 19 3D Assembly of Machine vice
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
82 20 3D Assembly of Tail stock 85 21
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3D Assembly of Chuck 88 22 3D Assembly of Gear pump 91
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 23 Introduction to LS-DYNA 94 PROJECT WORK 99
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.01 STUDY OF DRAWING STANDARDS AND FITS AND TOLERANCES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Aim: To study about the drawing standards and fits and tolerance
1.1 Code of practice for Engineering Drawing Abbrevations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Term Abbreviation Term Abbreviation Across corners A/C Across flats A/F Approved APPD Approximate APPROX
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Assembly ASSY Auxiliary AUX Bearing BRG Centimetre Cm Centres CRS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Centre line CL Centre to centre C/L Chamfered CHMED Checked CHD Cheese head CH HD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Circular pitch CP Circumference OCE Continued CONTD Counterbore C BORE Countersunk CSK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cylinder CYL Diameter DIA Diametral pitch DP Dimension DIM Drawing DRG
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Equi-spaced EQUI-SP External EXT Maunfacture MFG Material MATL Maximum max.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Metre m Mechanical MECH Millimetre mm Minimum min. Nominal NOM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Not to scale NTS Number No. Opposite OPP Outside diameter OD Pitch circle PC
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pitch circle diameter PCD Quantity QTY Radius R Radius in a note RAD Reference REF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Required REQD Right hand RH Round RD Screw SCR Serial number Sl. No.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Specification SPEC Sphere/Spherical SPHERE Spot face SF
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Figure FIG. General GNL Ground level GL Ground GND
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Hexagonal HEX Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT Left hand LH
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Machine M/C
Square SQ Standard STD Symmetrical SYM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thick THK Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL Typical TYP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Undercut U/C Weight WT
Standard Codes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION 1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing 6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks 11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
1.2 Welding symbols
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds) or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
d. Resistance Welding e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. Supplementary symbols 6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.3 Riveted Joints A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints. The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
riveted members. A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If, ? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet t = thickness of each of the connecting plates then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of rivet heads
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners Screw Threads
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation. If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?. Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap. The principal uses of threads are, 1. for fastening
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. for adjusting 3. for transmitting power
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top. 2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom. 3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial plane. 5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter. 6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
crests of an external or internal thread. 7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an external thread or of an internal thread. 8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads. 10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution. 11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole. 13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as RH. 14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as LH.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
V- THREADS British standard whit worth thread (BSW)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots. British Association threads (B.A Threads) The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are used on screws for precision work.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
American standard threads (or) sellers thread The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA and Canada. Unified screw threads The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse (UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF). ISO Metric Thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60 0 and the crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25. SQUARE THREADS Basic square thread The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6. Acme Thread It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Buttress Thread The profile of this thread is a combination of square and V- threads. It combines the low frictional of square and ability to transmit power of square thread and the strength of V ? thread. It is used to transmit load in uni-direction. These threads are used in screw press, vices.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Knuckle Thread It is also a modification of square thread. The sharp corners of square thread are rounded off. This thread is used where heavy wear rough use is expected. The thread can be rolled or cast easily. It is used in railway carriage coupling screws, light bulbs and sockets, bottle caps etc and also objects made of brittle materials as glass, plastic,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
porcelains etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of thread profiles
Keys Keys are machine elements used to prevent relative rotational movement between a shaft and the parts mounted on it, such as pulleys, gears, wheels, couplings, etc. for making the joint, keyways are cut on the surface
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of the shaft and in the hub of the part to be mounted. After positioning the part on the shaft such that, both the keyways are properly aligned, the key is driven from the end, resulting in a firm joint. For mounting a part at any intermediate location on the shaft, first the key is firmly placed in the keyways of the shaft and then the part to be mounted is slid from one end of the shaft, till it is fully engaged with the key. Keys are classified into three types.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Saddle keys I. flat saddle key II. hollow saddle key
16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Sunk keys I. taper sunk keys II. parallel sunk keys III. woodruff keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Round keys
Types of keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Bolt and nuts A bolt and nut in combination is a fastening device used to hold two parts together. The body of the bolt, called shank is cylindrical in form, the head; square or hexagonal in shape, is formed by forging. Screw threads are cut on the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
other end of the shank. Nuts in general are square or hexagonal in shape. The nuts with internal threads engage with the corresponding size of the external threads of the bolt. However, there are other forms of nuts used to suit specific requirements. For nuts, hexagonal shape is preferred to the square one, as it is easy to tighten even in a limited space. This is because, with only one-sixth of a turn, the spanner can be reintroduced in the same position. However, square nuts
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are used when frequent loosening and tightening is required. The sharp corners on the head of bolts and nuts are removed by chamfering. Empirical portions of hexagonal and square head bolt & nut detail proportion Nominal diameter d = size of bolt or nut, mm Width across flats s = 1.5d+3 mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Width across corners e = 2d Thickness of bolt head k = 0.8d Thickness of nut, n = 0.9d Root diameter, d1 = d - (2 ? depth of thread) Length of the bolt L = as specified
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thread length b = 2d+6mm (for l<150mm) = 2d+12mm (for l>150mm) Chamfer of bolt end, Z = (depth of thread ? 45 0 ) or =0.1d
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Chamfer angle of bolt head & nut 30 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.5 Limits, fits and tolerances
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Limit System Following are some of the terms used in the limit system: Tolerance: The permissible variation of a size is called tolerance. It is the difference between the maximum and minimum permissible limits of the given size. If the variation is provided on one side of the basic size, it is termed as unilateral tolerance. Similarly, if the variation is provided on both sides of the basic size, it is known as bilateral
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tolerance. Limits: The two extreme permissible sizes between which the actual size is contained are called limits. The maximum size is called the upper limit and the minimum size is called the lower limit. Deviation: It is the algebraic difference between a size (actual, maximum, etc.) and the corresponding basic size. Actual deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the actual size and the corresponding basic size.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Upper deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the maximum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size. Lower deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the minimum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size. Allowance: It is the dimensional difference between the maximum material limits of the mating parts, intentionally
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
provided to obtain the desired class of fit. If the allowance is positive, it will result in minimum clearance between the mating parts and if the allowance is negative, it will result in maximum interference. Basic Size: It is determined solely from design calculations. If the strength and stiffness requirements need a 50mm diameter shaft, then 50mm is the basic shaft size. If it has to fit into a hole, then 50 mm is the basic size of the hole. Here, the two limit dimensions of the shaft are deviating in the negative direction with respect to the basic size and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
those of the hole in the positive direction. The line corresponding to the basic size is called the zero line or line of zero deviation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Fits
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The relation between two mating parts is known as a fit. Depending upon the actual limits of the hole or shaft sizes, fits may be classified as clearance fit, transition fit and interference fit.
Clearance Fit: It is a fit that gives a clearance between the two mating parts. minimum clearance: It is the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
clearance fit. maximum clearance: It is the difference between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in a clearance or transition fit. The fit between the shaft and hole in Fig. is a clearance fit that permits a minimum clearance (allowance) value of 29.95 ? 29.90 = + 0.05 mm and a maximum clearance of + 0.15 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Transition Fit: This fit may result in either interference or a clearance, depending upon the actual values of the tolerance of individual parts. The shaft in Fig. may be either smaller or larger than the hole and still be within the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
prescribed tolerances. It results in a clearance fit, when shaft diameter is 29.95 and hole diameter is 30.05 (+ 0.10 mm) and interference fit, when shaft diameter is 30.00 and hole diameter 29.95 (? 0.05 mm).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Interference fit: If the difference between the hole and shaft sizes is negative before assembly; an interference fit is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
obtained. minimum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference (negative) between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in an interference fit before assembly. maximum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in an interference or a transition fit before assembly.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The shaft in fig. is larger than the hole, so it requires a press fit, which has an effect similar to welding of two parts. The value of minimum interference is 30.25 ? 30.30 = ? 0.05 mm and maximum interference is 30.15 ? 30.40 = ? 0.25 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Schematic representation of fits:
Tolerance It is impossible to make anything to an exact size, therefore it is essential to allow a definite tolerance or permissible
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
variation on every specified dimension. Tolerances are specified because ? Variations in properties of the material being machined introduce errors. ? The production machines themselves may have some inherent inaccuracies. ? It is impossible for an operator to make perfect settings. While setting up the tools and workpiece on the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
machine, some errors are likely to creep in.
Form variation: It is a variation of the actual condition of a form feature (surface, line) from geometrically ideal form. Position variation: It is a variation of the actual position of the form feature from the geometrically ideal position, with reference to another form (datum) feature.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Geometrical tolerance: Geometrical tolerance is defined as the maximum permissible overall variation of form or position of a feature.
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Geometrical tolerances are used, (i) to specify the required accuracy in controlling the form of a feature, (ii) to ensure correct functional positioning of the feature, (iii) to ensure the interchangeability of components, and (iv) to facilitate the assembly of mating components.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tolerance zone: It is an imaginary area or volume within which the controlled feature of the manufactured component must be completely contained Datum: It is a theoretically exact geometric reference (such as axes, planes, straight lines, etc.) to which the tolerance features are related. Datum feature: A datum feature is a feature of a part, such as an edge, surface, or a hole, which forms the basis for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a datum or is used to establish its location
Datum triangle: The datums are indicated by a leader line, terminating in a filled or an open triangle. Datum letter: To identify a datum for reference purposes, a capital letter is enclosed in a frame, connected to the datum triangle.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.02 INTRODUCTION TO CADD CADD is an electronic tool that enables us to make quick and accurate drawings. CADD has number of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
advantages over drawings created on a drawing board. Electronic drawings can be modified quite easily and can be represented in a variety of formats. CADD extends its power to yet another branch of engineering called computer aided manufacturing (CAM).CADD and manufacturing program are often integrated into one system called CAD-CAM. This system import CADD drawings into CAM program to automate the manufacturing process. When the design is finalized, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
drawings are brought into a CAD-CAM system that uses numerical data from the CADD drawing for actual manufacturing. There is separate category of programs called Computer Aided Engineering (CAE) that can use CADD drawing for engineering analysis. The CAE programs have a number of applications in Structural Design, Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and Electrical Engineering. The Mechanical engineer can test a machine assembly and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
also a prototype electronic model and test it without building a physical model. We can do amazing things with CADD that we never thought possible while creating drawings with pen or pencil. The following are some of the important capabilities that make CADD a powerful tool. ? Presentations ? Flexibility in editing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? Unit and accuracy levels ? Storage and access for drawings ? Sharing CADD drawings Presentations There are a number of ready-made presentations symbols available in CADD that can be used to enhance the look
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of drawings. In addition to prepare impressive presentations on paper, we can use CADD to make an on-screen presentations. Advanced CADD programs ever allow us to create an animated image. Flexibility in editing CADD allows us to work with great accuracy. If we need to create highly accuracy geometric shapes, CADD is the answer. It can help avoid time-consuming mathematical calculations.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Unit and accuracy level We can work with as high precession as 1/1000 th of an inch. Storage and access of drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A computer electronic filing system has the following advantages over the traditional filing system.
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
? It is quick and convenient to organize CADD drawing in a computer.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? It enables us to create a highly organized environment. ? An electronic drawing never gets old and faded. Sharing CADD Drawing The electronic drawing can be shared by a number of users, allowing them to Co-ordinate projects and work as a team. This is accomplished by connecting different computer via a network.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
About AutoCAD
AutoCAD is a Computer Aided Design (CAD) program used by just about every Engineering and Design office in the world. Although there are alternative CAD packages, AutoCAD is by far the most widely used system.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Autodesk's AutoCAD is the industry leader in CAD packages. Used by Civil Engineers, Architects, Mechanical and Electrical Engineers, Aeronautical Engineers plus many other disciplines. There have been several versions of AutoCAD over the years, with each new version introducing new and more powerful features than its predecessor. The latest version of AutoCAD (at the time of writing) is AutoCAD 2011. Any courses, whether through community colleges or online universities, that are related to Engineering or Architecture
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should be considered incomplete if they do not introduce students to AutoCAD. Accurate, scale drawings can be created and published using AutoCAD powerful features. 3D 'models' can also be created giving the designer absolute control over the design from start to finish. The computerized model can be viewed through a 360? angle, and even 'rendered' with a texture on screen to give an idea of the finished product. Co-ordinate system
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
AutoCAD uses points to determine where an object is located. There is an origin where it begins counting from. This point is (0,0). Every object is located in relation to the origin. If we were to draw a line straight out to the right from
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
the origin, this would be considered the positive X-axis. If we were to draw a line straight up, this would be the positive Y-axis. The picture above shows a point located at (9, 6). This means that the point is 9 units over in the X-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
axis and 6 units up in the Y-axis. When we are working with points, X always comes first. The other point shown is (-10,-4). This means that the point is 10 units in the negative X-axis (left) and 4 units in the negative Y-axis (down).
A line has two points, a start point and an end point. AutoCAD works with the points to display the line on the screen. Most of the time we will not have an indication of where the origin is. We may need to draw a line from the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
endpoint of an existing line. To do this we use relative points. These work the same way, but we have to add the @ symbol (shift+2) to tell AutoCAD that this next point is relative from the last point entered. i.e. 1. ABSOLUTE POINTS are exact points on the drawing space. 2. RELATIVE POINTS are relative to an OBJECT on the drawing space Angular Measurement
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
AutoCAD measures angles in a particular way also.
When drawing lines at an angle, we have to begin measuring the angle from 0 degrees, which is at the 3 o'clock position. If we drew a line at 90 degrees, it would go straight up. The example shows a line drawn at +300 degrees (270+30), or -60 degrees.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Entering Points in AutoCAD We can enter points directly on the command line using three different systems. The one we use will depend on which is more applicable for the situation. The three systems are as follows:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ABSOLUTE CO-ORDINATES - Using this method, we enter the points as they relate to the origin of the WCS. To enter a point just enters in the exact point as X, Y.
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
RELATIVE CO-ORDINATES - This allows us to enter points in relation to the first point we have entered. After we've entered one point, the next would be entered as @X, Y. This means that AutoCAD will draw a line from the first point to another point X units over and Y units up relative to the previous point. POLAR CO-ORDINATES - We would use this system if we know that we want to draw a line a certain distance at a particular angle. We would enter this as @D@10<90 will draw a line 10 units straight up from the first point.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The three ways of entering co-ordinates shown above are the ONLY way AutoCAD accepts input. First decide which style we need to use, and then enter as shown. Remember that X is always before Y (alphabetical). Don't forget the '@' symbol when we are entering relative points. AutoCAD Basics Application Button - This button displays commands for printing, saving, drawing utilities and other non-drawing tool.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Quick Access Toolbar - This is for quick access to common commands like New, Open, Save, Plot Filename - The name of the current file we are working on. Search Bar - Search for text in were drawing or search the help files. Ribbon - The Ribbon has most of the commands/tools that we will use while we are working. Tabs - A series of Tabs make up the Ribbon (Home, Insert, Manage, etc) and organize the Tools into common
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
groups. Panels - Contain a group of tools Tools - These are the icon that starts the commands we use to draw, modify, etc. Tool Tip - If we however mouse over a tool, a tool tip will appear to give us more information. Hold it longer for more info.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Drawing Space - These is where we draw were designs. Command line - When we type a command, we will see it here. AutoCAD uses this space to 'prompt' us for information. It will give us a lot of information and tell us where we are in the command. Status bar - This allows seeing and changing different modes of drawing such as Ortho, Osnaps, Grid, Otrack, etc. We can right click this area to toggle between icons and text for this area.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Basic Drawing Commands for Autocad
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Measuring Commands
GRID (F7): Displays a grid of dots at a desired spacing on the screen. Command: GRID (enter) On/Off/Tick spacing(x)/Aspect: (enter value) (enter)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SNAP (F9): Specifies a "round off" interval so that points entered with the mouse can be locked into alignment with the grid spacing. Command: SNAP (enter) On/Off/Value/Aspect/Rotate/Style: (enter value) (enter)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Basic Draw Commands CIRCLE (C): Draws circles of any size. Command: Circle (enter) 3P/2P/TTR/
: (pick a center point) Diameter or : (Pick a point on the circle)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LINE (L): Draws straight lines between two points Command: LINE (enter) From Point: (pick a point using the mouse) To Point: (Pick a point using the mouse) To Point: (Press return to end the command) ARC (A): Draws an arc (any part of a circle or curve) through three known points.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Command: ARC (enter) Center/ < Start point > : (pick the first point on the arc) Center/End/ < Second point >:C Center: (pick the arc's center point) Angle/Length of chord/ : (pick the arc endpoint)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Display Commands LIMITS: Sets the size of the drawing paper. For size "A" drawing paper the limits should be set for 10.5 x 8. Command: LIMITS (enter) On/Off/Lower left corner <0.0000> (enter) Upper right corner: 10.5,8 (enter)
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.
To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at different levels To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rendering the services to the global needs of engineering industries by educating students to become professionally sound mechanical engineers of excellent caliber
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To produce mechanical engineering technocrats with a perfect knowledge intellectual and hands on experience and to inculcate the spirit of moral values and ethics to serve the society
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VISION MISSION VISION MISSION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 1. Fundamentals To impart students with fundamental knowledge in mathematics and basic sciences that will mould them to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
successful professionals 2. Core competence To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex software problems in industry and to develop a practical solution for them 3. Breadth
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice which enable them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry and organization and to design products requiring interdisciplinary skills 4. Professional skills To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up their communication skills, individual, leadership and supportive qualities and to enable them to adapt and to work in ever
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
changing technologies 5. Life-long learning To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in mechanical engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
On completion of the B.E. (Mechanical) degree, the graduate will be able 1. To apply the basic knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering 2. To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data and apply the same in the career or entrepreneurship 3. To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. To understand a complex real world problem and develop an efficient practical solution 5. To create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering and IT tools 6. To understand the role as a professional and give the best to the society 7. To develop a system that will meet expected needs within realistic constraints such as economical environmental, social, political, ethical, safety and sustainability
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8. To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to tell in both verbal and written forms 9. To work in a team as a team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with coordination 10. To engage in lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills 11. To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
To make the students understand and interpret drawings of machine components To prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To familiarize the students with Indian standards on drawing practices and standard components To gain practical experience in handling 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems
List of Experiments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A. Drawing standards & fits and tolerances Code of practice for Engineering drawing BIS specifications ? welding symbols, riveted joints, keys, fasteners- reference to hand book for the selection of standard components like bolts, nuts, screws, keys etc, - limits, fits- tolerancing of individual dimensions-specification of fits-preparation of production drawings and reading of part and assembly drawings, basic principles of geometric dimensioning & tolerancing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
B. Introduction to 2D drafting Drawing, editing, dimensioning, layering, hatching, block, array, detailing, detailed drawing. Bearings- Bush bearing, plummer block Valves-safety and non-return valves
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C. 3D Geometric modelling and assembly Sketcher-datum planes-protrusion-holes-part modelling-extrusion-revolve-sweep-loft-blend-fillet-pattern-chamfer- round-mirror-section-assembly Couplings ? Flange, Universal, Oldham?s, Muff, Gear couplings
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to follow the drawing standards, fits and tolerances and re-create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per standards
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Inspection INSP Inside diameter ID Internal INT Left hand LH Machine M/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Square SQ Standard STD Symmetrical SYM Thick THK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thread THD Through THRU Tolerance TOL Typical TYP Undercut U/C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Weight WT
Standard Codes
Sl.No. IS-CODE DESCRIPTION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 IS:9609-1983 Lettering on Technical Drawing 2 IS:10711-1983 Size of drawing sheets 3 IS:10713-1983 Scales for use on technical drawing 4 IS:10714-1983 General Principles of Presentation 5 IS:10715-1983 Presentation of threaded parts on technical drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6 IS:10716-1983 Rules for presentation of springs 7 IS:10717-1983 Conventional representation of gears on technical drawing 8 IS:11663-1986 Conventional representation of common features 9 IS:11664-1986 Folding of drawing prints 10 IS:11665-1986 Technical drawing ? Title blocks
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 IS:11669-1986 General principles of dimension on technical drawing 12 IS:11670-1986 Abbreviations for use in Technical Drawing
1.2 Welding symbols Welding is a process of fastening the metal parts together permanently by the application of heat (fusion welds)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
or pressure (pressure or forge welding) or both (resistance welding). Both ferrous (steel, cast iron) and Non-ferrous metals (like brass copper and alloy) can be joined by welding.
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The various types of welding process are a. Gas welding b. Arc welding Metal Arc Welding (MAW) Gas metal Arc Welding (GMAW)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG) Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) c. Forge Welding d. Resistance Welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
e. Thermit Welding f. High Energy Welding
A welding symbol may include the following elements:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Reference line 2. Arrow line 3. Basic weld symbol 4. Dimensions & other data 5. Supplementary symbols
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. Finish symbols 7. Tail 8. Specifications, process, or other references
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The position of the arrow line with respect to the weld is of no special significance. The side of the joint on which the arrow line is drawn is called ?arrow side?. The side of the joint remote to the arrow line is called ?other side?. The reference line has significance on the weld side. If the weld symbol is placed BELOW the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?ARROW SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed ABOVE the reference line, the welding should be done in the ?OTHER SIDE?. If the weld symbol is placed both ABOVE and BELOW the reference line, the welding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should be done in both the ?ARROW and OTHER SIDES?. Basic Weld Symbol The basic symbols recommended by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for specifies the type of weld are shown in the fig.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.3 Riveted Joints
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A riveted joint is a permanent type of fastener used to join the metal plates or rolled steel sections together. Riveted joints are extensively used in structural works such as bridges and roof trusses and in the construction of pressure vessels such as storage tanks, boilers, etc. Although welded joints are best suited to several of these applications than the riveted joints, however, riveted joints are ideal in cases where the joints will be subjected to pronounced vibrating loads. Riveted joints are also used when a non-metallic plate and a metallic plate are to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
connected together. They are also used when the joints are not expected to be heated while joining as in welding, which may cause warping and tempering of the finished surfaces of the joints. The disadvantage of riveted joints are: (i) more metal is removed while making of the holes, which weakens the working cross sections along the line of the rivet holes, and (ii) weight of the rivets increases the weight of the riveted members.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A rivet is a round rod made either from mild steel or non-ferrous materials such as, copper, aluminium, etc., with a head is, and formed at one end during its manufacture and its tail end being slightly tapered. The length of the shank of the rivet must be sufficient enough to accommodate the connection plates and provide enough material for forming a head at its shank end. In general, the shank of the rivet will be equal to sum of the thickness of the connecting plates plus 1.5 to 1.7 times the diameter of the rivet. If,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? = length of the shank of the rivet d = diameter of rivet t = thickness of each of the connecting plates then, ? = ? + (1.5 ? 1.7)?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Various types of rivet heads for the use in general engineering work and boiler work as recommended by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The different proportions of these rivet heads are given in terms of the nominal diameter d of the rivet. The rivet head to be used for general purposes for diameter below 12 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:2155-1962 and for diameters between 12 and 48 mm are specified in the Indian Standard code IS:1929-1961. The rivet heads to be used for boiler work are specified in the Indian Standard code
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
IS: 1928-1961. The rivet heads to be used for ship building are specified in the Indian Standard code IS: 4732- 1968.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of rivet heads
1.4 Screw Threads, Keys and Fasteners Screw Threads A screw thread is a functional element used on bolt, stud, set screw, nut or any other threaded piece or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
component. Screw thread is a helical groove on a cylinder surface (outer side or inner side). Its function is to transform the input motion of rotation into output motion of translation. If a cylindrical rod is rotated at a constant speed simultaneously if a pointed tool touching the rod moving parallel to the axis of the rod at constant speed, the cut made by tool on the rod will be continuous and of helical form. The helical groove is called ?thread? and the threaded rod is called a ?screw?.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Threads are cut using a lathe. Small size thread is often cut by means of a tool called die. A small size hole is threaded by means of a tool called a tap. The principal uses of threads are, 1. for fastening 2. for adjusting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. for transmitting power
13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Terms and Nomenclature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Crest: It is the peak edge of a screw thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the top. 2. Root: It is the bottom edge of the thread that connects the adjacent flanks at the bottom. 3. Flank or side: It is the straight portion of the surface, on either side of the screw thread. 4. Angle of the thread: It is the angle included between the sides of two adjacent threads measured on an axial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
plane. 5. Depth of the thread: It is the distance between the crest and the root measured at Right angle to the axis. It is equal to half the difference between the outer diameter and the core diameter. 6. Major diameter or outside diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder, which would bind the crests of an external or internal thread.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. Minor or core or root diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder; this would bind the roots of an external thread or of an internal thread. 8. Pitch diameter: It is the diameter of the imaginary coaxial cylinder that can be passed so as to cut the thread, that the width of the cut thread will be equal to the Width of the groove. 9. Pitch: It is the axial distance between a point on one thread and the corresponding Point on the next thread. It may
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be indicated as the distance from crest or from root of two adjacent threads. 10. Lead: It is the distance measured parallel to the axis from a point on a thread to the corresponding point on the same thread for one complete revolution. In other words, it is axial distance a screw advances in one revolution. 11. External thread: It is the thread on the outside surface of a member such as bolt, studs or screw. 12. Internal thread: It is the thread on the inside surface of a member such as nut or threaded hole.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13. Right hand thread: Right hand thread if turned clockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as RH. 14. Left hand thread: Left hand thread if turned anticlockwise direction advances into a threaded hole. It abbreviated as LH.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
V- THREADS British standard whit worth thread (BSW) This thread was introduced by Sir Joseph whit worth, and was standardized as British standard thread. It has a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread angle of 55 degree and is rounded equally at crest and roots. British Association threads (B.A Threads) The angle between flanks is 47.5 degree. These threads are to supplement BSW and have fine pitches. They are used on screws for precision work. American standard threads (or) sellers thread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The thread angle is 60 degree and both the crests and roots are kept flat. The sellers thread has been in use in USA and Canada. Unified screw threads The countries UK, U.S.A and Canada came to an arrangement for a common screw thread system with the included angle of 60 degree and designated as unified screw thread in the year 1949. The thread on the bolt is rounded off at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the crest and root and the thread in the nut is rounded off at the root but the crest is left flat. This thread is very important in the motor and aeroplane industries and in chemical engineering. Unified thread can be either coarse (UNC) or fine (UNF) and unified national extra fine (UEF). ISO Metric Thread This is Indian standard thread for ISO (International Standard Organization). The included angle is 60
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0 and the crests are flat and roots are round. Metric threads are grouped into diameter pitch combination differentiated by the pitch applied to specific diameters. There are coarse, constant, fine pitch series available. ISO metric threads are defined by nominal size (Basic major diameter) and pitch both expressed in millimeters. for example, a 10mm
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
diameter, 1.25 pitches is expressed as M10?1.25. SQUARE THREADS Basic square thread The sides of these threads are normal to the axis and parallel to each other. The depth and the thickness of the thread are equal to half pitch. A square thread is designated by the letter SQ followed by nominal diameter pitch. For
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
example a square thread of nominal diameter 30mm and pitch 6mm is designated as SQ 30?6. Acme Thread It is a modified form of square thread. It is easier to cut and is much stronger than square thread. It has a 29 0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
thread angle. This inclined sides of the thread facilitate quick and early engagement and disengagement. It is used for power screws like lead screw of lathe, jackscrews, bench vices and valve operating screws.
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Buttress Thread The profile of this thread is a combination of square and V- threads. It combines the low frictional of square and ability to transmit power of square thread and the strength of V ? thread. It is used to transmit load in uni-direction. These threads are used in screw press, vices.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Knuckle Thread It is also a modification of square thread. The sharp corners of square thread are rounded off. This thread is used where heavy wear rough use is expected. The thread can be rolled or cast easily. It is used in railway carriage coupling screws, light bulbs and sockets, bottle caps etc and also objects made of brittle materials as glass, plastic, porcelains etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of thread profiles
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Keys Keys are machine elements used to prevent relative rotational movement between a shaft and the parts mounted on it, such as pulleys, gears, wheels, couplings, etc. for making the joint, keyways are cut on the surface of the shaft and in the hub of the part to be mounted. After positioning the part on the shaft such that, both the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
keyways are properly aligned, the key is driven from the end, resulting in a firm joint. For mounting a part at any intermediate location on the shaft, first the key is firmly placed in the keyways of the shaft and then the part to be mounted is slid from one end of the shaft, till it is fully engaged with the key. Keys are classified into three types. 1. Saddle keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
I. flat saddle key II. hollow saddle key
16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Sunk keys I. taper sunk keys II. parallel sunk keys III. woodruff keys 3. Round keys
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of keys
17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bolt and nuts A bolt and nut in combination is a fastening device used to hold two parts together. The body of the bolt, called shank is cylindrical in form, the head; square or hexagonal in shape, is formed by forging. Screw threads are cut on the other end of the shank. Nuts in general are square or hexagonal in shape. The nuts with internal threads engage with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the corresponding size of the external threads of the bolt. However, there are other forms of nuts used to suit specific requirements. For nuts, hexagonal shape is preferred to the square one, as it is easy to tighten even in a limited space. This is because, with only one-sixth of a turn, the spanner can be reintroduced in the same position. However, square nuts are used when frequent loosening and tightening is required. The sharp corners on the head of bolts and nuts are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
removed by chamfering. Empirical portions of hexagonal and square head bolt & nut detail proportion Nominal diameter d = size of bolt or nut, mm Width across flats s = 1.5d+3 mm Width across corners e = 2d
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thickness of bolt head k = 0.8d Thickness of nut, n = 0.9d Root diameter, d1 = d - (2 ? depth of thread) Length of the bolt L = as specified Thread length b = 2d+6mm (for l<150mm)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
= 2d+12mm (for l>150mm) Chamfer of bolt end, Z = (depth of thread ? 45 0 ) or =0.1d Chamfer angle of bolt head & nut 30
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
1.5 Limits, fits and tolerances Limit System
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Following are some of the terms used in the limit system: Tolerance: The permissible variation of a size is called tolerance. It is the difference between the maximum and minimum permissible limits of the given size. If the variation is provided on one side of the basic size, it is termed as unilateral tolerance. Similarly, if the variation is provided on both sides of the basic size, it is known as bilateral tolerance.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Limits: The two extreme permissible sizes between which the actual size is contained are called limits. The maximum size is called the upper limit and the minimum size is called the lower limit. Deviation: It is the algebraic difference between a size (actual, maximum, etc.) and the corresponding basic size. Actual deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the actual size and the corresponding basic size. Upper deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the maximum limit of the size and the corresponding basic
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
size. Lower deviation: It is the algebraic difference between the minimum limit of the size and the corresponding basic size. Allowance: It is the dimensional difference between the maximum material limits of the mating parts, intentionally provided to obtain the desired class of fit. If the allowance is positive, it will result in minimum clearance between the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mating parts and if the allowance is negative, it will result in maximum interference. Basic Size: It is determined solely from design calculations. If the strength and stiffness requirements need a 50mm diameter shaft, then 50mm is the basic shaft size. If it has to fit into a hole, then 50 mm is the basic size of the hole. Here, the two limit dimensions of the shaft are deviating in the negative direction with respect to the basic size and those of the hole in the positive direction. The line corresponding to the basic size is called the zero line or line of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
zero deviation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Fits The relation between two mating parts is known as a fit. Depending upon the actual limits of the hole or shaft sizes,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
fits may be classified as clearance fit, transition fit and interference fit.
Clearance Fit: It is a fit that gives a clearance between the two mating parts. minimum clearance: It is the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in a clearance fit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maximum clearance: It is the difference between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in a clearance or transition fit. The fit between the shaft and hole in Fig. is a clearance fit that permits a minimum clearance (allowance) value of 29.95 ? 29.90 = + 0.05 mm and a maximum clearance of + 0.15 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Transition Fit: This fit may result in either interference or a clearance, depending upon the actual values of the tolerance of individual parts. The shaft in Fig. may be either smaller or larger than the hole and still be within the prescribed tolerances. It results in a clearance fit, when shaft diameter is 29.95 and hole diameter is 30.05 (+ 0.10
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mm) and interference fit, when shaft diameter is 30.00 and hole diameter 29.95 (? 0.05 mm).
20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Interference fit: If the difference between the hole and shaft sizes is negative before assembly; an interference fit is obtained.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
minimum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference (negative) between the maximum size of the hole and the minimum size of the shaft in an interference fit before assembly. maximum interference: It is the magnitude of the difference between the minimum size of the hole and the maximum size of the shaft in an interference or a transition fit before assembly. The shaft in fig. is larger than the hole, so it requires a press fit, which has an effect similar to welding of two parts.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The value of minimum interference is 30.25 ? 30.30 = ? 0.05 mm and maximum interference is 30.15 ? 30.40 = ? 0.25 mm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Schematic representation of fits:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tolerance It is impossible to make anything to an exact size, therefore it is essential to allow a definite tolerance or permissible variation on every specified dimension.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tolerances are specified because ? Variations in properties of the material being machined introduce errors. ? The production machines themselves may have some inherent inaccuracies. ? It is impossible for an operator to make perfect settings. While setting up the tools and workpiece on the machine, some errors are likely to creep in.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Form variation: It is a variation of the actual condition of a form feature (surface, line) from geometrically ideal form. Position variation: It is a variation of the actual position of the form feature from the geometrically ideal position, with reference to another form (datum) feature. Geometrical tolerance: Geometrical tolerance is defined as the maximum permissible overall variation of form or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
position of a feature.
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Geometrical tolerances are used,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(i) to specify the required accuracy in controlling the form of a feature, (ii) to ensure correct functional positioning of the feature, (iii) to ensure the interchangeability of components, and (iv) to facilitate the assembly of mating components. Tolerance zone: It is an imaginary area or volume within which the controlled feature of the manufactured
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
component must be completely contained Datum: It is a theoretically exact geometric reference (such as axes, planes, straight lines, etc.) to which the tolerance features are related. Datum feature: A datum feature is a feature of a part, such as an edge, surface, or a hole, which forms the basis for a datum or is used to establish its location
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Datum triangle: The datums are indicated by a leader line, terminating in a filled or an open triangle. Datum letter: To identify a datum for reference purposes, a capital letter is enclosed in a frame, connected to the datum triangle.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Expt. No.02 INTRODUCTION TO CADD CADD is an electronic tool that enables us to make quick and accurate drawings. CADD has number of advantages over drawings created on a drawing board. Electronic drawings can be modified quite easily and can be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
represented in a variety of formats. CADD extends its power to yet another branch of engineering called computer aided manufacturing (CAM).CADD and manufacturing program are often integrated into one system called CAD-CAM. This system import CADD drawings into CAM program to automate the manufacturing process. When the design is finalized, the drawings are brought into a CAD-CAM system that uses numerical data from the CADD drawing for actual
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
manufacturing. There is separate category of programs called Computer Aided Engineering (CAE) that can use CADD drawing for engineering analysis. The CAE programs have a number of applications in Structural Design, Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and Electrical Engineering. The Mechanical engineer can test a machine assembly and also a prototype electronic model and test it without building a physical model.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
We can do amazing things with CADD that we never thought possible while creating drawings with pen or pencil. The following are some of the important capabilities that make CADD a powerful tool. ? Presentations ? Flexibility in editing ? Unit and accuracy levels
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? Storage and access for drawings ? Sharing CADD drawings Presentations There are a number of ready-made presentations symbols available in CADD that can be used to enhance the look of drawings. In addition to prepare impressive presentations on paper, we can use CADD to make an on-screen
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
presentations. Advanced CADD programs ever allow us to create an animated image. Flexibility in editing CADD allows us to work with great accuracy. If we need to create highly accuracy geometric shapes, CADD is the answer. It can help avoid time-consuming mathematical calculations. Unit and accuracy level
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
We can work with as high precession as 1/1000 th of an inch. Storage and access of drawing A computer electronic filing system has the following advantages over the traditional filing system.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
? It is quick and convenient to organize CADD drawing in a computer. ? It enables us to create a highly organized environment.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? An electronic drawing never gets old and faded. Sharing CADD Drawing The electronic drawing can be shared by a number of users, allowing them to Co-ordinate projects and work as a team. This is accomplished by connecting different computer via a network.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
About AutoCAD
AutoCAD is a Computer Aided Design (CAD) program used by just about every Engineering and Design office in the world. Although there are alternative CAD packages, AutoCAD is by far the most widely used system. Autodesk's AutoCAD is the industry leader in CAD packages. Used by Civil Engineers, Architects, Mechanical and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Electrical Engineers, Aeronautical Engineers plus many other disciplines. There have been several versions of AutoCAD over the years, with each new version introducing new and more powerful features than its predecessor. The latest version of AutoCAD (at the time of writing) is AutoCAD 2011. Any courses, whether through community colleges or online universities, that are related to Engineering or Architecture should be considered incomplete if they do not introduce students to AutoCAD.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Accurate, scale drawings can be created and published using AutoCAD powerful features. 3D 'models' can also be created giving the designer absolute control over the design from start to finish. The computerized model can be viewed through a 360? angle, and even 'rendered' with a texture on screen to give an idea of the finished product. Co-ordinate system
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
AutoCAD uses points to determine where an object is located. There is an origin where it begins counting from. This point is (0,0). Every object is located in relation to the origin. If we were to draw a line straight out to the right from
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
the origin, this would be considered the positive X-axis. If we were to draw a line straight up, this would be the positive Y-axis. The picture above shows a point located at (9, 6). This means that the point is 9 units over in the X- axis and 6 units up in the Y-axis. When we are working with points, X always comes first. The other point shown is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(-10,-4). This means that the point is 10 units in the negative X-axis (left) and 4 units in the negative Y-axis (down).
A line has two points, a start point and an end point. AutoCAD works with the points to display the line on the screen. Most of the time we will not have an indication of where the origin is. We may need to draw a line from the endpoint of an existing line. To do this we use relative points. These work the same way, but we have to add the @
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
symbol (shift+2) to tell AutoCAD that this next point is relative from the last point entered. i.e. 1. ABSOLUTE POINTS are exact points on the drawing space. 2. RELATIVE POINTS are relative to an OBJECT on the drawing space Angular Measurement AutoCAD measures angles in a particular way also.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
When drawing lines at an angle, we have to begin measuring the angle from 0 degrees, which is at the 3 o'clock position. If we drew a line at 90 degrees, it would go straight up. The example shows a line drawn at +300 degrees (270+30), or -60 degrees.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Entering Points in AutoCAD We can enter points directly on the command line using three different systems. The one we use will depend on which is more applicable for the situation. The three systems are as follows:
ABSOLUTE CO-ORDINATES - Using this method, we enter the points as they relate to the origin of the WCS. To
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
enter a point just enters in the exact point as X, Y.
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
RELATIVE CO-ORDINATES - This allows us to enter points in relation to the first point we have entered. After we've
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
entered one point, the next would be entered as @X, Y. This means that AutoCAD will draw a line from the first point to another point X units over and Y units up relative to the previous point. POLAR CO-ORDINATES - We would use this system if we know that we want to draw a line a certain distance at a particular angle. We would enter this as @D@10<90 will draw a line 10 units straight up from the first point. The three ways of entering co-ordinates shown above are the ONLY way AutoCAD accepts input. First decide
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which style we need to use, and then enter as shown. Remember that X is always before Y (alphabetical). Don't forget the '@' symbol when we are entering relative points. AutoCAD Basics Application Button - This button displays commands for printing, saving, drawing utilities and other non-drawing tool. Quick Access Toolbar - This is for quick access to common commands like New, Open, Save, Plot
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Filename - The name of the current file we are working on. Search Bar - Search for text in were drawing or search the help files. Ribbon - The Ribbon has most of the commands/tools that we will use while we are working. Tabs - A series of Tabs make up the Ribbon (Home, Insert, Manage, etc) and organize the Tools into common groups.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Panels - Contain a group of tools Tools - These are the icon that starts the commands we use to draw, modify, etc. Tool Tip - If we however mouse over a tool, a tool tip will appear to give us more information. Hold it longer for more info. Drawing Space - These is where we draw were designs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Command line - When we type a command, we will see it here. AutoCAD uses this space to 'prompt' us for information. It will give us a lot of information and tell us where we are in the command. Status bar - This allows seeing and changing different modes of drawing such as Ortho, Osnaps, Grid, Otrack, etc. We can right click this area to toggle between icons and text for this area.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
Basic Drawing Commands for Autocad
Measuring Commands
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
GRID (F7): Displays a grid of dots at a desired spacing on the screen. Command: GRID (enter) On/Off/Tick spacing(x)/Aspect: (enter value) (enter)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SNAP (F9): Specifies a "round off" interval so that points entered with the mouse can be locked into alignment with the grid spacing. Command: SNAP (enter) On/Off/Value/Aspect/Rotate/Style: (enter value) (enter) Basic Draw Commands
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CIRCLE (C): Draws circles of any size. Command: Circle (enter) 3P/2P/TTR/
: (pick a center point) Diameter or : (Pick a point on the circle) LINE (L): Draws straight lines between two points
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Command: LINE (enter) From Point: (pick a point using the mouse) To Point: (Pick a point using the mouse) To Point: (Press return to end the command) ARC (A): Draws an arc (any part of a circle or curve) through three known points. Command: ARC (enter)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Center/ < Start point > : (pick the first point on the arc) Center/End/ < Second point >:C Center: (pick the arc's center point) Angle/Length of chord/ : (pick the arc endpoint) Display Commands
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LIMITS: Sets the size of the drawing paper. For size "A" drawing paper the limits should be set for 10.5 x 8. Command: LIMITS (enter) On/Off/Lower left corner <0.0000> (enter) Upper right corner: 10.5,8 (enter)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00
ZOOM (Z): Enlarges or reduces the display of a drawing. PAN: Allows we to move were view point around the drawing without changing the magnification factor. Command: PAN (enter)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Editing Commands CHANGE: Alters properties of selected objects Command: CHANGE (enter) Select objects or window or Last (select objects to be changed)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Properties/: (type P) Change what property (Color/Elev/ Layer/L Type/Thickness)? (Type Layer) New Layer: (enter new layer name and press enter)
ERASE (E): Erases entities from the drawing.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Command: ERASE (enter) Select objects or Window or Last: (Select objects to be erased and press enter when finished)
TRIM (TR): Trims a line to end precisely at a cutting edge. Command: Trim (enter)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Select cutting edge(s)... Select Objects (pick the line which represents the cutting edge of line in which objects will be trimmed to)(press enter when finished selecting cutting edges)
